Origen Against Celsus 7

Origen (AD 185–254) · PG 11, 800–1552

7.1 Chapter I

In the six former books we have endeavoured, reverend brother Ambrosius, according to our ability to meet the charges brought by Celsus against the Christians, and have as far as possible passed over nothing without first subjecting it to a full and close examination. And now, while we enter upon the seventh book, we call upon God through Jesus Christ, whom Celsus accuses, that He who is the truth of God would shed light into our hearts and scatter the darkness of error, in accordance with that saying of the prophet which we now offer as our prayer, “Destroy them by Thy truth.” For it is evidently the words and reasonings opposed to the truth that God destroys by His truth; so that when these are destroyed, all who are delivered from deception may go on with the prophet to say, “I will freely sacrifice unto Thee,” and may offer to the Most High a reasonable and smokeless sacrifice.

Ἐν ἓξ τοῖς πρὸ τούτων. ἱερὲ ἀδελφὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, ἀγωνισάμενοι κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν βιβλίοις πρὸς τὰς Κέλσου (κατὰ) Χριστιανῶν κατηγορίας καὶ μηδὲν ὅση δύναμις ἀβασάνιστον καὶ ἀνεξέταστον ἐάσαντες μηδὲ παρελθόντες, πρὸς ὃ ὡς οἷόν τε ἡμῖν ἀπηντήσαμεν. θεὸν ἐπικαλεσάμενοι δι᾿ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ κατηγορουμένου ὑπὸ Κέλσου, ἵν᾿ ἡμῶν ἐλλάμψῃ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἀλήθεια τυγχάνων τὰ ἀνατρεπτικὰ τοῦ ψεύδους, ἀρχόμεθα καὶ ἑβδόμου συγγράμματος, τὸ προφητικὸν ἐκεῖνο ἐν τῇ πρὸς θεὸν λέγοντες εὐχῇ τό· „ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου ἐξολόθρευσον αὐτοὺς,“ δῆλον δ᾿ ὅτι τοὺς ἐναντίους „τῇ ἀληθείᾳ“ λόγους· οὗτοι γὰρ ἀληθείᾳ θεοῦ ἐξολοθρεύονται, ἵν᾿ ἐξολοθρευθέντων αὐτῶν οἱ πάντες περισπασμοῦ ἀπολυθέντες εἴπωσι τὸ ἑξῆς ἐκείνῳ τό· „ἑκουσίως θύσω σοι,“ λογικὴν καὶ ἄκαπνον θυσίαν προσφέροντες τῷ θεῷ τῶν ὅλων.

7.2 Chapter II

Celsus now sets himself to combat the views of those who say that the Jewish prophets foretold events which happened in the life of Christ Jesus. At the outset let us refer to a notion he has, that those who assume the existence of another God besides the God of the Jews have no ground on which to answer his objections; while we who recognise the same God rely for our defence on the prophecies which were delivered concerning Jesus Christ. His words are: “Let us see how they can raise a defence. To those who admit another God, no defence is possible; and they who recognise the same God will always fall back upon the same reason, ‘This and that must have happened.’ And why? ‘Because it had been predicted long before.’” To this we answer, that the arguments recently raised by Celsus against Jesus and Christians were so utterly feeble, that they might easily be overthrown even by those who are impious enough to bring in another God. Indeed, were it not dangerous to give to the weak any excuse for embracing false notions, we could furnish the answer ourselves, and show Celsus how unfounded is his opinion, that those who admit another God are not in a position to meet his arguments. However, let us for the present confine ourselves to a defence of the prophets, in continuation of what we have said on the subject before.

Πρόκειται δὲ νῦν τῷ Κέλσῳ κατηγορῆσαι τοῦ φάσκοντος λόγου ὑπὸ τῶν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις προφητῶν προφητεύεσθαι τὰ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. καὶ πρῶτόν γε κατ᾿ ἀρχὰς ἐξετάζομεν ὧν οἴεται τοὺς μὲν ἄλλον εἰσηγουμένους θεὸν παρὰ τὸν Ἰουδαίων θεὸν μηδαμῶς δύνασθαι ἀπαντᾶν πρὸς τὰς ἐπαπορήσεις αὐτοῦ, ἡμᾶς δὲ, τοὺς τὸν αὐτὸν τηρήσαντας θεὸν, καταφεύγειν ἐπὶ τὴν διὰ τῶν προφητευομένων περὶ Χριστοῦ ἀπολογίαν. καί φησι πρὸς ταῦτα· ἴδωμεν ὅπῃ ἐφευρήσουσι παραίτησιν· οἱ μὲν ἄλλον εἰσηγούμενοι θεὸν οὐδεμίαν, οἱ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν αὖθις τὸ αὐτὸ ἐροῦσιν, ἐκεῖνο δὴ τὸ σοφὸν, ὅτι ἐχρῆν οὕτως γενέσθαι· τεκμήριον δὲ, πάλαι γὰρ ταῦτα προείρητο. φήσομεν δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀσθενῆ τὰ εἰρημένα περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ Χριστιανῶν ἐν τοῖς ὀλίγῳ πρὸ τούτων, ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλον εἰσηγουμένους θεὸν καὶ τοῦτο πράττοντας ἀσεβῶς εὐχερέστατα ὑπαντῆσαι πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Κέλσου λεγόμενα. καὶ εἰ μὴ ἄτοπον ἦν ἀφορμὰς διδόναι τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις πρὸς παραδοχὴν χειρόνων δογμάτων, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἂν τοῦτο πεποιήκειμεν, ἵν᾿ ἐλέγξωμεν ψεῦδος τὸ περὶ τοῦ τοὺς ἄλλον εἰσηγουμένους θεὸν μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἀπολογίαν πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Κέλσου λελεγμένα· νυνὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς φέρε περὶ τῶν προφητῶν πρὸς τοῖς ἀνωτέρω εἰρημένοις ἀπολογησώμεθα.

7.3 Chapter III

Celsus goes on to say of us: “They set no value on the oracles of the Pythian priestess, of the priests of Dodona, of Clarus, of Branchidæ, of Jupiter Ammon, and of a multitude of others; although under their guidance we may say that colonies were sent forth, and the whole world peopled. But those sayings which were uttered or not uttered in Judea, after the manner of that country, as indeed they are still delivered among the people of Phœnicia and Palestine—these they look upon as marvellous sayings, and unchangeably true.” In regard to the oracles here enumerated, we reply that it would be possible for us to gather from the writings of Aristotle and the Peripatetic school not a few things to overthrow the authority of the Pythian and the other oracles. From Epicurus also, and his followers, we could quote passages to show that even among the Greeks themselves there were some who utterly discredited the oracles which were recognised and admired throughout the whole of Greece. But let it be granted that the responses delivered by the Pythian and other oracles were not the utterances of false men who pretended to a divine inspiration; and let us see if, after all, we cannot convince any sincere inquirers that there is no necessity to attribute these oracular responses to any divinities, but that, on the other hand, they may be traced to wicked demons—to spirits which are at enmity with the human race, and which in this way wish to hinder the soul from rising upwards, from following the path of virtue, and from returning to God in sincere piety. It is said of the Pythian priestess, whose oracle seems to have been the most celebrated, that when she sat down at the mouth of the Castalian cave, the prophetic Spirit of Apollo entered her private parts; and when she was filled with it, she gave utterance to responses which are regarded with awe as divine truths. Judge by this whether that spirit does not show its profane and impure nature, by choosing to enter the soul of the prophetess not through the more becoming medium of the bodily pores which are both open and invisible, but by means of what no modest man would ever see or speak of. And this occurs not once or twice, which would be more permissible, but as often as she was believed to receive inspiration from Apollo. Moreover, it is not the part of a divine spirit to drive the prophetess into such a state of ecstasy and madness that she loses control of herself. For he who is under the influence of the Divine Spirit ought to be the first to receive the beneficial effects; and these ought not to be first enjoyed by the persons who consult the oracle about the concerns of natural or civil life, or for purposes of temporal gain or interest; and, moreover, that should be the time of clearest perception, when a person is in close intercourse with the Deity.

Φησὶν οὖν· τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς Πυθίας ἢ Δωδωνίδων ἢ Κλαρίου ἢ ἐν Βραγχίδαις ἢ ἐν Ἄμμωνος ὑπὸ μυρίων τε ἄλλων θεοπρόπων προειρημένα, ὑφ᾿ ὧν ἐπιεικῶς πᾶσα γῆ κατῳκίσθη, ταῦτα μὲν (ἐν) οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τίθενται· τὰ δὲ ὑπο τῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ τῷ ἐκείνων τρόπῳ λεχθέντα ἢ μὴ λεχθέντα, καὶ ὥσπερ εἰώθασιν ἔτι νῦν οἱ περὶ Φοινίκην τε καὶ Παλαιστίνην, ταῦτά γε θαυμαστὰ καὶ ἀπαράλλακτα ἡγοῦνται. λέγωμεν οὖν περὶ τῶν κατειλεγμένων χρηστηρίων ὅτι δυνατὸν μὲν ἡμῖν συνάγουσιν ἀπὸ Ἀριστοτέλους καὶ τῶν τὰ τοῦ Περιπάτου φιλοσοφησάντων οὐκ ὀλίγα εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀνατροπὴν τοῦ περὶ τῆς Πυθίας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν χρηστηρίων λόγου· δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὰ λελεγμένα τῷ Ἐπικούρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀσπαζομένοις αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν παραθέμενον δεῖξαι ὅτι καὶ Ἑλλήνων τινὲς ἀνατρέπουσι τὰς νομιζομένας καὶ τεθαυμασμένας ἐν πάσῃ Ἑλλάδι θεοπροπίας.

ἀλλὰ γὰρ δεδόσθω μὴ εἶναι πλάσματα μηδὲ προσποιήσεις ἀνθρώπων περὶ θεοφορίας τὰ περὶ τὴν Πυθίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ χρηστήρια· ἴδωμεν οὖν εἰ μὴ καὶ οὕτως δύναται τοῖς φιλαλήθως ἐξετάζουσι τὰ πράγματα ἀποδείκνυσθαι ὅτι καὶ τῷ παραδεχομένῳ εἶναι ταῦτα τὰ μαντεῖα οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον προσέσθαι ὅτι θεοί τινες εἰσὶ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δαίμονές τινες φαῦλοι καὶ πνεύματα ἐχθρὰ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ κωλύοντα τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἄνοδον καὶ δι᾿ ἀρετῆς πορείαν καὶ τῆς ἀληθινῆς εὐσεβείας ἀποκατάστασιν πρὸς τὸν θεόν. ἱστόρηται τοίνυν περὶ τῆς Πυθίας, ὅπερ δοκεῖ τῶν ἄλλων μαντείων λαμπρότερον τυγχάνειν. ὅτι περικαθεζομένη τὸ τῆς Κασταλίας στόμιον ἡ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος προφῆτις δέχεται πνεῦμα διὰ τῶν γυναικείων κόλπων· οὗ πληρωθεῖσα ἀποφθέγγεται τὰ νομιζόμενα εἶναι σεμνὰ καὶ θεῖα μαντεύματα. ὅρα δὴ διὰ τούτων εἰ μὴ τὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐκείνου ἀκάθαρτον καὶ βέβηλον ἐμφαίνεται, μὴ διὰ μανῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν πόρων καὶ πολλῷ γυναικείων κόλπων καθαρωτέρων ἐπεισιὸν τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς θεσπιζούσης ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτων, ἃ οὐδὲ θέμις ἦν τῷ σώφρονι καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ βλέπειν, οὔπω λέγεσθαι ἢ καὶ ἅπτεσθαι· καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν οὐχ ἅπαξ που οὐδὲ δὶς (ἴσως γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀνεκτότερον τὸ τοιοῦτο τυγχάνειν), ἀλλὰ τοσαυτάκις, ὁσάκις προφητεύειν ἐκείνη ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος πεπίστευται.

ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἰς ἔκστασιν καὶ μανικὴν ἄγειν κατάστασιν τὴν δῆθεν προφητεύουσαν, ὡς μηδαμῶς αυτὴν ἑαυτῇ παρακολουθεῖν, οὐ θείου πνεύματος ἔργον ἐστίν· ἐχρῆν γὰρ τὸν κάτοχον τῷ θείῳ πνεύματι πολλῷ πρότερον παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν χρησμῶν διδασκομένου τὸ συμβαλλόμενον εἰς τὸν μέσον καὶ κατὰ φύσιν βίον ἢ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς ἢ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον ὠφεληθῆναι καὶ διορατικώτερον παρ᾿ ἐκεῖνο μάλιστα καιροῦ τυγχάνειν, ὅτε σύνεστιν αὐτῷ τὸ θεῖον.

7.4 Chapter IV

Accordingly, we can show from an examination of the sacred Scriptures, that the Jewish prophets, who were enlightened as far as was necessary for their prophetic work by the Spirit of God, were the first to enjoy the benefit of the inspiration; and by the contact—if I may so say—of the Holy Spirit they became clearer in mind, and their souls were filled with a brighter light. And the body no longer served as a hindrance to a virtuous life; for to that which we call “the lust of the flesh” it was deadened. For we are persuaded that the Divine Spirit “mortifies the deeds of the body,” and destroys that enmity against God which the carnal passions serve to excite. If, then, the Pythian priestess is beside herself when she prophesies, what spirit must that be which fills her mind and clouds her judgment with darkness, unless it be of the same order with those demons which many Christians cast out of persons possessed with them? And this, we may observe, they do without the use of any curious arts of magic, or incantations, but merely by prayer and simple adjurations which the plainest person can use. Because for the most part it is unlettered persons who perform this work; thus making manifest the grace which is in the word of Christ, and the despicable weakness of demons, which, in order to be overcome and driven out of the bodies and souls of men, do not require the power and wisdom of those who are mighty in argument, and most learned in matters of faith.

Ὅθεν ἡμεῖς ἀποδείκνυμεν συνάγοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων ὅτι οἱ ἐν Ἰουδαίοις προφῆται, ἐλλαμπόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἦν καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς προφητεύουσι χρήσιμον, προαπέλαυον τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐπιδημίας· καὶ διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ἁφῆς τοῦ καλουμένου ἁγίου πνεύματος διορατικώτεροί τε τὸν νοῦν ἐγίνοντο καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν λαμπρότεροι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, οὐδαμῶς ἔτι ἀντιπρᾶττον τῷ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν βίῳ, ἅτε κατὰ τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν καλούμενον „φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς“ νεκρούμενον. „πνεύματι“ γὰρ θειοτέρῳ „τὰς τοῦ σώματος πράξεις“ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φρονήματος „τῆς σαρκὸς“ ἀρχομένας ἔχθρας, τυγχάνοντος πρὸς θεὸν, θανατοῦσθαι πεπείσμεθα.

εἰ δ᾿ ἐξίσταται καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἐστιν ἡ Πυθία, ὅτε μαντεύεται, ποδαπὸν νομιστέον πνεῦμα, τὸ σκότον καταχέαν τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῶν λογισμῶν, ἢ τοιοῦτον ὁποῖόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων γένος, οὓς οὐκ ὀλίγοι Χριστιανῶν ἀπελαύνουσι τῶν πασχόντων σὺν οὐδενὶ περιέργῳ καὶ μαγικῷ ἢ φαρμακευτικῷ πράγματι ἀλλὰ μόνῃ εὐχῇ καὶ ὁρκώσεσιν ἁπλουστέραις καὶ ὅσα ἂν δύναιτο προσάγειν ἁπλούστερος ἄνθρωπος; ὡς ἐπίπαν γὰρ ἰδιῶται τὸ τοιοῦτον πράττουσι, παριστάσης τῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ Χριστοῦ χάριτος τὸ τῶν δαιμονίων εὐτελὲς καὶ ἀσθενὲς, οὐ πάντως δεόμενον πρὸς τὸ ἡττηθῆναι καὶ εἶξαν ὑπεξελθεῖν ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου καὶ σώματος σοφοῦ τινος καὶ δυνατοῦ ἐν ταῖς λογικαῖς περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἀποδείξεσιν.

7.5 Chapter V

Moreover, if it is believed not only among Christians and Jews, but also by many others among the Greeks and Barbarians, that the human soul lives and subsists after its separation from the body; and if reason supports the idea that pure souls which are not weighed down with sin as with a weight of lead ascend on high to the region of purer and more ethereal bodies, leaving here below their grosser bodies along with their impurities; whereas souls that are polluted and dragged down to the earth by their sins, so that they are unable even to breathe upwards, wander hither and thither, at some times about sepulchres, where they appear as the apparitions of shadowy spirits, at others among other objects on the ground;—if this is so, what are we to think of those spirits that are attached for entire ages, as I may say, to particular dwellings and places, whether by a sort of magical force or by their own natural wickedness? Are we not compelled by reason to set down as evil such spirits as employ the power of prophesying—a power in itself neither good nor bad—for the purpose of deceiving men, and thus turn them away from God, and from the purity of His service? It is moreover evident that this is their character, when we add that they delight in the blood of victims, and in the smoke odour of sacrifices, and that they feed their bodies on these, and that they take pleasure in such haunts as these, as though they sought in them the sustenance of their lives; in this resembling those depraved men who despise the purity of a life apart from the senses, and who have no inclination except for the pleasures of the body, and for that earthly and bodily life in which these pleasures are found. If the Delphian Apollo were a god, as the Greeks suppose, would he not rather have chosen as his prophet some wise man? or if such an one was not to be found, then one who was endeavouring to become wise? How came he not to prefer a man to a woman for the utterance of his prophesies? And if he preferred the latter sex, as though he could only find pleasure in the breast of a woman, why did he not choose among women a virgin to interpret his will?

Ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ πεπίστευται οὐ παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς καὶ Ἰουδαίοις μόνοις ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ᾿ ἄλλοις πολλοῖς Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ὑπάρχει μετὰ τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος χωρισμὸν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχὴ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ παρίσταται ὅτι ἡ μὲν καθαρὰ καὶ μὴ βαρουμένη ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς κακίας μολιβδίδων μετέωρος φέρεται ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους τῶν καθαρωτέρων καὶ αἰθερίων σωμάτων, καταλιποῦσα τὰ τῇδε παχέα σώματα καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς μιάσματα, ἡ δὲ φαύλη καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτάδων καθελκομένη ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ μηδ᾿ ἀναπνεῦσαι δυναμένη τῇδε φέρεται καὶ καλινδεῖται, ἡ μέν τις ἐπὶ „τὰ μνήματα,“ ἔνθα καὶ ὤφθη σκιοειδῶν ψυχῶν „φαντάσματα,“ ἡ δέ τις ἁπαξαπλῶς περὶ τὴν γῆν· ποδαπὰ χρὴ νομίζειν εἶναι πνεύματα τὰ ὅλους. ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, αἰῶνας προσδεθέντα ὥσπερ εἴτε μαγγανείαις τισὶν εἴτε καὶ διὰ τὴν σφετέραν κακίαν οἰκοδομαῖς καὶ τόποις; ὁ λόγος δὴ αἱρεῖ φαῦλ᾿ ἄττα νομίζειν εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα, τῇ προγνωστικῇ δυνάμει μέσῃ τυγχανούσῃ εἰς ἀπάτην ἀνθρώπων χρώμενα καὶ πρὸς τὸ περισπάσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς καθαρᾶς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον τοὺς αὐτοὺς τυγχάνειν καὶ τὸ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν ἀναθυμιάσεσι καὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν αἱμάτων καὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων ἀποφοραῖς τρεφόμενα αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα, φιληδονούντων τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ τυγχάνειν τοῦ ὡσπερεὶ φιλοζωεῖν, ἀνάλογον φαύλοις ἀνθρώποις, οὐκ ἀσπαζομένοις μὲν τὸ καθαρώτερον ἔξω σωμάτων ζῆν, περιέπουσι δὲ διὰ τὰς σωματικὰς ἡδονὰς τὴν ἐν τῷ γεώδει σώματι ζωήν.

εἴπερ δὲ θεὸς ἦν, ὡς Ἕλληνες οἴονται. ὁ ἐν Δελφοῖς Ἀπόλλων. τίνα μᾶλλον ἐχρῆν αὐτὸν ἐκλέξασθαι προφήτην ἢ τὸν σοφὸν ἢ μὴ εὑρισκομένου τοῦ τοιούτου κἂν τὸν προκόπτοντα; πῶς δ᾿ ἂν οὐκ ἄνδρα μᾶλλον προφητεύειν ἐβούλετο ἤπερ γυναῖκα; εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ θῆλυ ἤθελεν, ὡς τάχα μὴ δυνάμενος ἢ μὴ τερπόμενος ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ τοῖς κόλποις τῶν γυναικῶν, πῶς οὐχὶ παρθένον μᾶλλον ἐχρῆν αὐτὸν ἐπιλέξασθαι ἤπερ γυναῖκα τὴν τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ θεσπίζουσαν;

7.6 Chapter VI

But no; the Pythian, so much admired among the Greeks, judged no wise man, nay, no man at all, worthy of the divine possession, as they call it. And among women he did not choose a virgin, or one recommended by her wisdom, or by her attainments in philosophy; but he selects a common woman. Perhaps the better class of men were too good to become the subjects of the inspiration. Besides, if he were a god, he should have employed his prophetic power as a bait, so to speak, with which he might draw men to a change of life, and to the practice of virtue. But history nowhere makes mention of anything of the kind. For if the oracle did call Socrates the wisest of all men, it takes from the value of that eulogy by what is said in regard to Euripides and Sophocles. The words are:—

“Sophocles is wise, and Euripides is wiser,

But wiser than all men is Socrates.”

As, then, he gives the designation “wise” to the tragic poets, it is not on account of his philosophy that he holds up Socrates to veneration, or because of his love of truth and virtue. It is poor praise of Socrates to say that he prefers him to men who for a paltry reward compete upon the stage, and who by their representations excite the spectators at one time to tears and grief, and at another to unseemly laughter (for such is the intention of the satyric drama). And perhaps it was not so much in regard to his philosophy that he called Socrates the wisest of all men, as on account of the victims which he sacrificed to him and the other demons. For it seems that the demons pay more regard in distributing their favours to the sacrifices which are offered them than to deeds of virtue. Accordingly, Homer, the best of the poets, who describes what usually took place, when, wishing to show us what most influenced the demons to grant an answer to the wishes of their votaries, introduces Chryses, who, for a few garlands and the thighs of bulls and goats, obtained an answer to his prayers for his daughter Chryseis, so that the Greeks were driven by a pestilence to restore her back to him. And I remember reading in the book of a certain Pythagorean, when writing on the hidden meanings in that poet, that the prayer of Chryses to Apollo, and the plague which Apollo afterwards sent upon the Greeks, are proofs that Homer knew of certain evil demons who delight in the smoke of sacrifices, and who, to reward those who offer them, grant in answer to their prayers the destruction of others. “He,” that is, Jupiter, “who rules over wintry Dodona, where his prophets have ever unwashed feet, and sleep upon the ground,” has rejected the male sex, and, as Celsus observes, employs the women of Dodona for the prophetic office. Granting that there are oracles similar to these, as that at Clarus, another in Branchidæ, another in the temple of Jupiter Ammon, or anywhere else; yet how shall it be proved that these are gods, and not demons?

Νυνὶ δὲ ὁ θαυμαζόμενος παρ᾿ Ἕλλησι Πύθιος οὐδένα μὲν σοφὸν ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἄνδρα ἄξιον ἔκρινε τῆς, ὡς Ἕλληνες ὑπολαμβάνουσι, θείας κατακωχῆς. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ἐν τῷ θήλει γένει παρθένον τινὰ ἢ σοφὴν καὶ ἀπὸ φιλοσοφίας ὠφελημένην ἀλλά τινα γυναῖκα ἰδιῶτιν· τάχα γὰρ οἱ ἐν ἀνθρώποις κρείττονες βελτίους ἦσαν τῆς εἰς τὴν κατακωχὴν ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ. ἔδει δὲ καὶ. εἴπερ θεὸς ἦν, τῇ προγνώσει αὐτὸν χρήσασθαι δελέατι, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, πρὸς τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν καὶ θεραπείαν καὶ ἠθικὴν κατόρθωσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· νυνὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἡ ἱστορία τοιοῦτον παραδίδωσι περὶ αὐτοῦ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀνδρῶν ἁπάντων Σωκράτην εἶπε σοφώτατον εἶναι, ἤμβλυνε τὸν ἔπαινον αὐτοῦ τὸ πρὸς τούτου λεγόμενον περὶ Εὐριπίδου καὶ Σοφοκλέους ἐν τῷ· σοφὸς Σοφοκλῆς, σοφώτερος δ᾿ Εὐριπίδης.

τραγῳδιοποιῶν ουν σοφῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λελεγμένων κρείττων εἶναι νομισθεὶς ὁ Σωκράτης, τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τῆς ὀρχήστρας τοῦ τυχόντος ἄθλου ἕνεκεν ἀγωνιζομένων καὶ ὅπου μὲν λύπας καὶ οἴκτους τοῖς θεαταῖς ἐμποιούντων ὅπου δὲ ἀσέμνους γέλωτας (τοιοῦτον γάρ τι βούλεται τὰ σατυρικὰ δράματα), οὐ πάνυ τι τὸ διὰ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἐμφαίνει σεμνὸν καὶ διὰ σεμνότητα ἐπαινετόν. καὶ τάχα οὐ τοσοῦτον διὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀνδρῶν εἶπεν αὐτὸν ἁπάντων σοφώτατον ὅσον διὰ τὰς θυσίας καὶ ἃς προσήνεγκε κνίσσας αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς δαίμοσι.

καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἐοίκασι μᾶλλον ποιεῖν οἱ δαίμονες τὰ ἀξιούμενα ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτοῖς προσαγόντων ἢ διὰ τὰ ἔργα τῆς ἀρετῆς. διόπερ διαγράφων τὰ γινόμενα ὁ τῶν ποιητῶν ἄριστος Ὅμηρος καὶ διδάσκων, τίνα μάλιστά ἐστι τὰ πείθοντα τοὺς δαίμονας ποιεῖν ἃ βούλονται οἱ θύοντες, εἰσήγαγε τὸν Χρύσην, ἕνεκεν ὀλίγων στεφάνων καὶ μηρίων ταύρων καὶ αἰγῶν τυγχάνοντα ὧν ᾔτησε καθ᾿ Ἑλλήνων διὰ τὴν θυγατέρα, ἵνα λοιμώξαντες ἀποδώσειαν αὐτῷ τὴν Χρυσηΐδα. μέμνημαι δὲ παρά τινι τῶν Πυθαγορείων, ἀναγράψαντι περὶ τῶν ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ λελεγμένων, ἀναγνοὺς ὅτι τὰ τοῦ Χρύσου πρὸς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἔπη καὶ ὁ ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐπιπεμφθεὶς τοῖς Ἕλλησι λοιμὸς διδάσκει ὅτι ἠπίστατο Ὅμηρος πονηρούς τινας δαίμονας, χαίροντας ταῖς κνίσσαις καὶ ταῖς θυσίαις, μισθοὺς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς θύσασι τὴν ἑτέρων φθορὰν, εἰ τοιοῦτο οἱ θύοντες εὔχοιντο.

καὶ ὁ „Δωδώνης“ δὲ „μεδέων δυσχειμέρου,“ παρ᾿ ᾧ εἰσιν οἱ προφῆται „ἀνιπτόποδες χαμαιεῦναι,“ ἀποδοκιμάσας τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰς προφητείαν γένος ταῖς Δωδωνίσι χρῆται, ὡς καὶ ὁ Κέλσος παρέστησεν. ἔστω δέ τις τούτοις παραπλήσιος Κλάριος καὶ ἕτερος ἐν Βραγχίδαις καὶ ἄλλος ἐν Ἄμμωνος ἢ ὅποι ποτὲ γῆς μαντευόμενοι, πόθεν οὖν δειχθήσεται εἰ καὶ θεοὶ μέν εἰσιν οὐ δαιμόνια δέ τινα;

7.7 Chapter VII

In regard to the prophets among the Jews, some of them were wise men before they became divinely inspired prophets, while others became wise by the illumination which their minds received when divinely inspired. They were selected by Divine Providence to receive the Divine Spirit, and to be the depositaries of His holy oracles, on the ground of their leading a life of almost unapproachable excellence, intrepid, noble, unmoved by danger or death. For reason teaches that such ought to be the character of the prophets of the Most High, in comparison with which the firmness of Antisthenes, Crates, and Diogenes will seem but as child’s play. It was therefore for their firm adherence to truth, and their faithfulness in the reproof of the wicked, that “they were stoned; they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword; they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented; they wandered in deserts and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth, of whom the world was not worthy:” for they looked always to God and to His blessings, which, being invisible, and not to be perceived by the senses, are eternal. We have the history of the life of each of the prophets; but it will be enough at present to direct attention to the life of Moses, whose prophecies are contained in the law; to that of Jeremiah, as it is given in the book which bears his name; to that of Isaiah, who with unexampled austerity walked naked and barefooted for the space of three years. Read and consider the severe life of those children, Daniel and his companions, how they abstained from flesh, and lived on water and pulse. Or if you will go back to more remote times, think of the life of Noah, who prophesied; and of Isaac, who gave his son a prophetic blessing; or of Jacob, who addressed each of his twelve sons, beginning with “Come, that I may tell you what shall befall you in the last days.” These, and a multitude of others, prophesying on behalf of God, foretold events relating to Jesus Christ. We therefore for this reason set at nought the oracles of the Pythian priestess, or those delivered at Dodona, at Clarus, at Branchidæ, at the temple of Jupiter Ammon, or by a multitude of other so-called prophets; whilst we regard with reverent awe the Jewish prophets: for we see that the noble, earnest, and devout lives of these men were worthy of the inspiration of the Divine Spirit, whose wonderful effects were widely different from the divination of demons.

Τῶν δ᾿ ἐν Ἰουδαίοις προφητῶν οἱ μὲν πρὸ τῆς προφητείας καὶ τῆς θείας κατακωχῆς ἦσαν σοφοὶ, οἱ δ᾿ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς προφητείας φωτισθέντες τὸν νοῦν τοιοῦτοι γεγόνασιν, αἱρεθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας εἰς τὸ πιστευθῆναι τὸ θεῖον πνεῦμα καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τούτου λόγους διὰ τὸ τοῦ βίου δυσμίμητον καὶ σφόδρα εὔτονον καὶ ἐλευθέριον καὶ πάντῃ πρὸς θάνατον καὶ κινδύνους ἀκατάπληκτον. τοιούτους γὰρ καὶ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ δεῖν εἶναι τοὺς τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ προφήτας. οἵτινες παίγνιον ἀπέφηναν τὴν Ἀντισθένους καὶ Κράτητος καὶ Διογένους εὐτονίαν. δι᾿ ἀλήθειαν γοῦν καὶ τὸ ἐλευθερίως ἐλέγχειν τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας „ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας ἀπέθανον· περιῆλθον γὰρ ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, ἐν ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς, ὧν οὐκ ην ἄξιος ὁ ἐπὶ γῆς κόσμος“· ἀεὶ ἐνορῶντες τῷ θεῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀοράτοις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μὴ βλεπομένοις αἰσθητῶς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὖσιν αἰωνίοις.

ὁ δὲ βίος ἑκάστου τῶν προφητῶν ἀναγέγραπται· ἀρκεῖ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος παραθέσθαι τὸν Μωϋσέως βίον (καὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ φέρονται προφητεῖαι, ἀναγεγραμμέναι ἐν τῷ νόμῳ) καὶ τὸν Ἱερεμἰου, φερόμενον ἐν τῇ ὁμωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ προφητείᾳ, καὶ τὸν Ἡσαΐου, ὃς ἐπορεύθη ὑπερτείνων πᾶσαν ἄσκησιν „γυμνὸς καὶ ἀνυπόδετος“ ἔτεσι τρισίν. ἴδε δὲ καὶ παιδαρίων, τοῦ Δανιὴλ καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸν ἐῤῥωμένον βίον, ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ὑδροποσίαν αὐτῶν καὶ ὅτι ἡ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῖς ὄσπριον, ἐμψύχων ἀπεχομένοις. εἰ δὲ δύνασαι, καὶ τὰ πρὸ τούτων θέασαι, Νῶε προφητεύσαντος καὶ Ἰσαὰκ τῷ υἱῷ ἐπευξαμένου προφητικῶς καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ λέγοντος ἑκάστῳ τῶν δώδεκα· „δεῦτε, ἵνα ἀναγγείλω ὑμῖν, τί ἔσται ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν.“ οὗτοι δὴ καὶ ἄλλοι μυρίοι προφητεύσαντες τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὰ περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προεῖπον. διόπερ ἐν οὐδενὶ μὲν τιθέμεθα λόγῳ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς Πυθίας ἢ Δωδωνίδων ἢ Κλαρίου ἢ ἐν Βραγχίδαις ἢ ἐν Ἄμμωνος ἢ ὑπὸ μυρίων ἄλλων λεγομένων θεοπρόπων προειρημένα· τὰ δ᾿ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ προφητευσάντων τεθήπαμεν, ὁρῶντες ὅτι ἄξιος ἦν αὐτῶν ὁ ἐῤῥωμένος καὶ εὔτονος καὶ σεμνὸς βίος πνεύματος θεοῦ, τρόπῳ προφητεύοντος καινῷ καὶ οὐδὲν ἔχοντι παραπλήσιον ταῖς ἀπὸ δαιμόνων μαντείαις.

7.8 Chapter VIII

I do not know what led Celsus, when saying, “But what things were spoken or not spoken in the land of Judea, according to the custom of the country,” to use the words “or not spoken,” as though implying that he was incredulous, and that he suspected that those things which were written were never spoken. In fact, he is unacquainted with these times; and he does not know that those prophets who foretold the coming of Christ, predicted a multitude of other events many years beforehand. He adds, with the view of casting a slight upon the ancient prophets, that “they prophesied in the same way as we find them still doing among the inhabitants of Phœnicia and Palestine.” But he does not tell us whether he refers to persons who are of different principles from those of the Jews and Christians, or to persons whose prophecies are of the same character as those of the Jewish prophets. However it be, his statement is false, taken in either way. For never have any of those who have not embraced our faith done any thing approaching to what was done by the ancient prophets; and in more recent times, since the coming of Christ, no prophets have arisen among the Jews, who have confessedly been abandoned by the Holy Spirit on account of their impiety towards God, and towards Him of whom their prophets spoke. Moreover, the Holy Spirit gave signs of His presence at the beginning of Christ’s ministry, and after His ascension He gave still more; but since that time these signs have diminished, although there are still traces of His presence in a few who have had their souls purified by the Gospel, and their actions regulated by its influence. “For the holy Spirit of discipline will flee deceit, and remove from thoughts that are without understanding.”

Οὐκ οἶδα δ᾿ ὅπως ὁ Κέλσος εἰπών· τὰ δ᾿ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ τῷ ἐκείνων τρόπῳ λεχθέντα προσέθηκεν· ἢ μὴ λεχθέντα, ὡς ἄπιστος φάσκων δύνασθαι καὶ μὴ λελέχθαι αὐτὰ ἀλλ᾿ ἀναγεγράφθαι τάχα τὰ μὴ λεχθέντα. οὐ γὰρ εἶδε τοὺς χρόνους, οὐδ᾿ ὅτι πρὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν μυρία προειπόντες ἔλεγον καὶ περὶ τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας. πάλιν τε αὖ τοὺς ἀρχαίους προφήτας διαβαλεῖν ἐθέλων φησὶν αὐτοὺς πεπροφητευκέναι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ὃν εἰώθασι, φησὶν, ἔτι νῦν οἱ περὶ Φοινίκην τε καὶ Παλαιστίνην· μὴ δηλώσας πότερον ἀλλοτρίους λέγει τινὰς τοῦ Ἰουδαίων λόγου καὶ Χριστιανῶν ἢ κατὰ τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῶν προφητῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶς προφητεύοντας. ὅπως δ᾿ ἂν ἔχῃ ἃ λέγει, ἐλέγχεται ἐψευσμένα. οὔτε γάρ (τινες) τῶν τῆς πίστεως ἀλλοτρίων παραπλήσιόν τι τοῖς προφήταις πεποιήκασιν, οὔτε νεώτεροι καὶ μετὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημίαν ἱστόρηνται ἐν Ἰουδαίοις τινὲς προφητεύσαντες, τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὡμολόγηται ἐκείνους καταλελοιπέναι, ἀσεβήσαντας εἰς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν προφητευθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς προφητῶν. σημεῖα δὲ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κατ᾿ ἀρχὰς μὲν τῆς Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίας μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάληψιν αὐτοῦ πλείονα ἐδείκνυτο, ὕστερον δὲ ἐλάττονα· πλὴν καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἴχνη ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ παρ᾿ ὀλίγοις, τὰς ψυχὰς τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ταῖς κατ᾿ αὐτὸν πράξεσι κεκαθαρμένοις. „ἅγιον γὰρ πνεῦμα παιδείας φεύξεται δόλον, καὶ ἀπαναστήσεται ἀπὸ λογισμῶν ἀσυνέτων.“

7.9 Chapter IX

But as Celsus promises to give an account of the manner in which prophecies are delivered in Phœnicia and Palestine, speaking as though it were a matter with which he had a full and personal acquaintance, let us see what he has to say on the subject. First he lays it down that there are several kinds of prophecies, but he does not specify what they are; indeed, he could not do so, and the statement is a piece of pure ostentation. However, let us see what he considers the most perfect kind of prophecy among these nations. “There are many,” he says, “who, although of no name, with the greatest facility and on the slightest occasion, whether within or without temples, assume the motions and gestures of inspired persons; while others do it in cities or among armies, for the purpose of attracting attention and exciting surprise. These are accustomed to say, each for himself, ‘I am God; I am the Son of God; or, I am the Divine Spirit; I have come because the world is perishing, and you, O men, are perishing for your iniquities. But I wish to save you, and you shall see me returning again with heavenly power. Blessed is he who now does me homage. On all the rest I will send down eternal fire, both on cities and on countries. And those who know not the punishments which await them shall repent and grieve in vain; while those who are faithful to me I will preserve eternally.’” Then he goes on to say: “To these promises are added strange, fanatical, and quite unintelligible words, of which no rational person can find the meaning: for so dark are they, as to have no meaning at all; but they give occasion to every fool or impostor to apply them to suit his own purposes.”

Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἐν Φοινίκῃ καὶ Παλαιστίνῃ μαντείων ἐπαγγέλλεται φράσειν ὁ Κέλσος ὡς ἀκούσας καὶ πάνυ καταμαθὼν, φέρε καὶ ταῦτα κατανοήσωμεν. πρῶτον δὴ λέγει πλείονα εἶναι εἴδη προφητειῶν, μὴ ἐκτιθέμενος αὐτά· οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ ψευδῶς ἐπανετείνετο. ὃ δέ φησιν εἶναι τελεώτατον παρὰ τοῖς τῇδε ἀνδράσιν ἴδωμεν. πολλοὶ, φησὶ. καὶ ἀνώνυμοι ῥᾷστα ἐκ τῆς προστυχούσης αἰτίας καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ ἔξω ἱερῶν. οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀγείραντες καὶ ἐπιφοιτῶντες πόλεσιν ἢ στρατοπέδοις, κινοῦνται δῆθεν ὡς θεσπίζοντες. πρόχειρον δ᾿ ἑκάστῳ καὶ σύνηθες εἰπεῖν· ἐγὼ ὁ θεός εἰμι ἢ θεοῦ παῖς ἢ πνεῦμα θεῖον. ἥκω δέ· ἤδη γὰρ ὁ κόσμος ἀπόλλυται, καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὦ ἄνθρωποι, διὰ τὰς ἀδικίας οἴχεσθε. ἐγὼ δὲ σῶσαι θέλω· καὶ ὄψεσθέ με αὖθις μετ᾿ οὐρανίου δυνάμεως ἐπανιόντα. μακάριος ὁ νῦν με θρησκεύσας, τοῖς δ᾿ ἄλλοις ἅπασι πῦρ αἰώνιον ἐπιβαλῶ καὶ πόλεσι καὶ χώραις. καὶ ἄνθρωποι, οἳ μὴ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ποινὰς ἴσασι, μεταγνώσονται μάτην καὶ στενάξουσι· τοὺς δέ μοι πεισθέντας αἰωνίους φυλάξω. εἶτα τούτοις ἑξῆς φησι· ταῦτ᾿ ἐπανατεινάμενοι προστιθέασιν ἐφεξῆς ἄγνωστα καὶ πάροιστρα καὶ πάντῃ ἄδηλα, ὧν τὸ μὲν γνῶμα οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχων νοῦν εὑρεῖν δύναιτο· ἀσαφῆ γὰρ καὶ τὸ μηδὲν, ἀνοήτῳ δὲ ἢ γόητι παντὶ περὶ παντὸς ἀφορμὴν ἐνδίδωσιν, ὅπῃ βούλεται, τὸ λεχθὲν σφετερίζεσθαι.

7.10 Chapter X

But if he were dealing honestly in his accusations, he ought to have given the exact terms of the prophecies, whether those in which the speaker is introduced as claiming to be God Almighty, or those in which the Son of God speaks, or finally those under the name of the Holy Spirit. For thus he might have endeavoured to overthrow these assertions, and have shown that there was no divine inspiration in those words which urged men to forsake their sins, which condemned the past and foretold the future. For the prophecies were recorded and preserved by men living at the time, that those who came after might read and admire them as the oracles of God, and that they might profit not only by the warnings and admonitions, but also by the predictions, which, being shown by events to have proceeded from the Spirit of God, bind men to the practice of piety as set forth in the law and the prophets. The prophets have therefore, as God commanded them, declared with all plainness those things which it was desirable that the hearers should understand at once for the regulation of their conduct; while in regard to deeper and more mysterious subjects, which lay beyond the reach of the common understanding, they set them forth in the form of enigmas and allegories, or of what are called dark sayings, parables, or similitudes. And this plan they have followed, that those who are ready to shun no labour and spare no pains in their endeavours after truth and virtue might search into their meaning, and having found it, might apply it as reason requires. But Celsus, ever vigorous in his denunciations, as though he were angry at his inability to understand the language of the prophets, scoffs at them thus: “To these grand promises are added strange, fanatical, and quite unintelligible words, of which no rational person can find the meaning; for so dark are they as to have no meaning at all; but they give occasion to every fool or impostor to apply them so as to suit his own purposes.” This statement of Celsus seems ingeniously designed to dissuade readers from attempting any inquiry or careful search into their meaning. And in this he is not unlike certain persons, who said to a man whom a prophet had visited to announce future events, “Wherefore came this mad fellow to thee?”

Ἐχρῆν δὲ αὐτὸν, εἴπερ εὐγνωμόνει πρὸς τὴν κατηγορίαν, ἐκθέσθαι αὐταῖς λέξεσι τὰς προφητείας, εἴτ᾿ ἐν αἷς θεὸς παντοκράτωρ ἐπηγγέλλετο εἶναι ὁ λέγων, εἴτ᾿ ἐν αἷς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, εἴτε καὶ ἐν αἷς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον λέγον εἶναι ἐπιστεύετο· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἠγωνίασεν ἀνασκευάσαι τὰ εἰρημένα καὶ δεῖξαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔνθεοι ἦσαν οἱ λόγοι, περιέχοντες ἐπιστροφὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ ἔλεγχον τῶν ποτε ὄντων καὶ πρόγνωσιν περὶ τῶν μελλόντων. διὸ καὶ οἱ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἀπογραψάμενοι τὰς προφητείας αὐτῶν ἐφύλαξαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ μεταγενέστεροι ἀναγινώσκοντες θαυμάζωσιν ὡς λόγους θεοῦ καὶ ὠφελούμενοι οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιπληκτικῶν καὶ ἐπιστρεπτικῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προγνωστικῶν ταῖς ἐκβάσεσι πειθόμενοι περὶ τοῦ θεῖον εἶναι πνεῦμα τὸ προειρηκὸς τὴν κατὰ τὸν λόγον εὐσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντες διατελῶσι, πειθόμενοι τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις.

οἱ μὲν ουν προφῆται ὅσα ἦν αὐτόθεν νοηθῆναι τοῖς ἀκούουσι χρήσιμα καὶ συμβαλλόμενα τῇ τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπανορθώσει χωρὶς πάσης ἐπικρύψεως κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰρήκασιν, ὅσα δὲ μυστικώτερα ἦν καὶ ἐποπτικώτερα καὶ ἐχόμενα θεωρίας τῆς ὑπὲρ τὴν πάνδημον ἀκοὴν, ταῦτα „δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων“ καὶ ἀλληγοριῶν καὶ τῶν καλουμένων σκοτεινῶν λόγων καὶ τῶν ὀνομαζομένων παραβολῶν ἢ παροιμιῶν ἀπεφήναντο· ἵν᾿ οἱ μὴ φυγοπονοῦντες ἀλλὰ πάντα πόνον ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς καὶ ἀληθείας ἀναδεχόμενοι ἐξετάσαντες εὕρωσι καὶ εὑρόντες, ὡς λόγος αἱρεῖ, οἰκονομήσωσιν. ὁ δὲ γεννάδας Κέλσος ὡσπερεὶ θυμωθεὶς ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ νενοηκέναι τοὺς τῶν προφητῶν τοιούτους λόγους ἐλοιδόρησεν αὐτοὺς, εἰπὼν ὅτι ταῦτα ἐπανατεινάμενοι προστιθέασιν ἐφεξῆς ἄγνωστα καὶ πάροιστρα καὶ πάντῃ ἄδηλα, ὧν τὸ μὲν γνῶμα οὐδεὶς ἂν νοῦν ἔχων εὑρεῖν δύναιτο· ἀσαφῆ γὰρ καὶ τὸ μηδὲν, ἀνοήτῳ δὲ ἢ γόητι παντὶ περὶ παντὸς ἀφορμὴν ἐνδίδωσιν, ὅπῃ βούλεται, τὸ λεχθὲν σφετερίζεσθαι. καὶ πανούργως μοι ἔδοξε ταῦτ᾿ εἰρηκέναι, κωλύειν τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ταῖς προφητείαις βασανίζειν καὶ ἐξετάζειν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν· καὶ πέπονθέ τι πρᾶγμα παραπλήσιον τοῖς εἰποῦσι περί τινος προφήτου, εἰσελθόντος πρός τινα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα προειπόντος αὐτῷ· „τί εἰσῆλθεν ὁ ἐπίληπτος οὗτος πρός σε;“

7.11 Chapter XI

I am convinced, indeed, that much better arguments could be adduced than any I have been able to bring forward, to show the falsehood of these allegations of Celsus, and to set forth the divine inspiration of the prophecies; but we have according to our ability, in our commentaries on Isaiah, Ezekiel, and some of the twelve minor prophets, explained literally and in detail what he calls “those fanatical and utterly unintelligible passages.” And if God give us grace in the time that He appoints for us, to advance in the knowledge of His word, we shall continue our investigation into the parts which remain, or into such at least as we are able to make plain. And other persons of intelligence who wish to study Scripture may also find out its meaning for themselves; for although there are many places in which the meaning is not obvious, yet there are none where, as Celsus affirms, “there is no sense at all.” Neither is it true that “any fool or impostor can explain the passages so as to make them suit his own purposes.” For it belongs only to those who are wise in the truth of Christ (and to all them it does belong) to unfold the connection and meaning of even the obscure parts of prophecy, “comparing spiritual things with spiritual,” and interpreting each passage according to the usage of Scripture writers. And Celsus is not to be believed when he says that he has heard such men prophesy; for no prophets bearing any resemblance to the ancient prophets have appeared in the time of Celsus. If there had been any, those who heard and admired them would have followed the example of the ancients, and have recorded the prophecies in writing. And it seems quite clear that Celsus is speaking falsely, when he says that “those prophets whom he had heard, on being pressed by him, confessed their true motives, and acknowledged that the ambiguous words they used really meant nothing.” He ought to have given the names of those whom he says he had heard, if he had any to give, so that those who were competent to judge might decide whether his allegations were true or false.

Εἰκὸς μὲν οὖν εἶναι λόγους πολλῷ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἕξεως σοφωτέρους, τοὺς δυναμένους ἀποδεικνύναι ψευδόμενον ἐν τούτοις τὸν Κέλσον καὶ ἐνθέους τὰς προφητείας· πλὴν καὶ ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν πεποιήκαμεν, τὰ, ὥς φησι Κέλσος, πάροιστρα καὶ πάντῃ ἄδηλα πρὸς λέξιν διηγησάμενοι ἐν τοῖς πραγματευθεῖσιν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸν Ἡσαΐαν καὶ εἰς τὸν Ἰεζεκιὴλ καὶ εἴς τινας τῶν δώδεκα. θεοῦ δὲ διδόντος τὴν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ προκοπὴν καθ᾿ οὓς βούλεται χρόνους προστεθήσεται τοῖς ἤδη εἰς ταῦτα ὑπαγορευθεῖσιν ἤτοι τὰ λείποντα ἢ ὅσα γ᾿ ἂν φθάσωμεν σαφηνίσαι. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ οἱ βουλόμενοι ἐξετάζειν τὴν γραφὴν νοῦν ἔχοντες τὸ γνῶμα αὐτῆς εὑρεῖν ἂν δύναιντο, οὔσης ἀληθῶς πολλαχοῦ ἀσαφοῦς μὲν, οὐ μὴν. ὥς φησι Κέλσος, τὸ μηδέν. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ δύναταί τις ἀνόητος ἢ γόης ἐξομαλίσαι ἢ ὅπῃ ποτὲ τὸ λεχθὲν σφετερίσασθαι· μόνος δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἐν Χριστῷ σοφὸς τὸν εἱρμὸν πάντα ἀποδῴη ἂν τῶν μετ᾿ ἐπικρύψεως εἰρημένων ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, „πνευματικα πνευματικοῖς“ συγκρίνων καὶ κατασκευάζων ἀπὸ τῆς συνηθείας τῶν γραφῶν ἕκαστον τῶν εὑρισκομένων.

οὐ πιστευτέον δὲ τῷ Κέλσῳ λέγοντι τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων γεγονέναι αὐτήκοον. οὐδὲ γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς Κέλσου χρόνους γεγόνασί τινες π(ροφῆται) τοῖς ἀρχαίοις παραπλήσιοι, ἐπεὶ κἂν παραπλησίως τοῖς πάλαι γρ(αφεῖ)σιν ἀνεγράφησαν καὶ ἑξῆς προφητεῖαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποδεξαμένων καὶ θαυμασάντων αὐτάς. δοκεῖ δέ μοι πάντῃ δῆλον εἶναι τὸ τοῦ Κέλσου ψεῦδος, ὅτι οἱ δῆθεν προφῆται, ὧν αὐτήκοος ἐγένετο, ἐλεγχθέντες ὑπὸ Κέλσου ὡμολόγησαν αὐτῷ οὗ τινος ἐδέοντο, καὶ ὅτι ἐπλάσσοντο λέγοντες ἀλλοπρόσαλλα. ἔδει δ᾿ αὐτὸν καὶ ὀνόματα θεῖναι ὧν ἔφασκεν αὐτήκοος γεγονέναι· ἵνα ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων, εἴπερ εἶχεν εἰπεῖν, φανῇ τοῖς κρίνειν δυναμένοις, πότερον ἀληθῆ ἢ ψευδῆ ἔλεγεν.

7.12 Chapter XII

He thinks, besides, that those who support the cause of Christ by a reference to the writings of the prophets can give no proper answer in regard to statements in them which attribute to God that which is wicked, shameful, or impure; and assuming that no answer can be given, he proceeds to draw a whole train of inferences, none of which can be allowed. But he ought to know that those who wish to live according to the teaching of sacred Scripture understand the saying, “The knowledge of the unwise is as talk without sense,” and have learnt “to be ready always to give an answer to every one that asketh us a reason for the hope that is in us.” And they are not satisfied with affirming that such and such things have been predicted; but they endeavour to remove any apparent inconsistencies, and to show that, so far from there being anything evil, shameful, or impure in these predictions, everything is worthy of being received by those who understand the sacred Scriptures. But Celsus ought to have adduced from the prophets examples of what he thought bad, or shameful, or impure, if he saw any such passages; for then his argument would have had much more force, and would have furthered his purpose much better. He gives no instances, however, but contents himself with loudly asserting the false charge that these things are to be found in Scripture. There is no reason, then, for us to defend ourselves against groundless charges, which are but empty sounds, or to take the trouble of showing that in the writings of the prophets there is nothing evil, shameful, impure, or abominable.

Οἴεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπολογουμένους περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Χριστὸν μηδὲν μὲν δύνασθαι πρὸς ἔπος λέγειν, ἐπὰν φαίνηταί τι πονηρὸν ἢ αἰσχρὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λεγόμενον περὶ τοῦ θείου ἢ μιαρόν. διὸ καὶ ὡς μηδεμιᾶς οὔσης ἀπολογίας συνείρει ἑαυτῷ μυρία περὶ τῶν μὴ διδομένων. εἰδέναι (δὲ) χρὴ ὅτι καὶ οἱ βουλόμενοι κατὰ τὰς θείας ζῆς γραφὰς καὶ ἐπιστάμενοι ὅτι „γνῶσις ἀσυνέτου ἀδιεξέταστοι λόγοι“ καὶ ἀναγνόντες τὸ „ἕτοιμοι ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ἡμᾶς λόγου περὶ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐλπίδος“ οὐκ ἐπὶ μόνον τὸ προειρῆσθαι τάδε τινὰ καταφεύγουσιν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τὰς δοκούσας ἀπεμφάσεις λύειν πειρῶνται καὶ δεικνύναι οὐδὲν εἶναι πονηρὸν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις οὐδ᾿ αἰσχρὸν οὐδ᾿ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδὲ μιαρὸν ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτον γίνεσθαι, ὡς χρὴ ἐκδέχεσθαι τοῖς μὴ συνιεῖσι τῆν θείαν γραφήν. ἐχρῆν δ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν τὸ φαινόμενον ἐν αὐτοῖς πονηρὸν ἢ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτῷ αἰσχρὸν ἢ τὸ νομιζόμενον αὐτῷ ἀκάθαρτον ἢ ὃ ὑπελάμβανεν εἶναι μιαρὸν παραθέσθαι, εἴπερ τοιαῦτα ἔβλεπεν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις εἰρημένα· πληκτικώτερος γὰρ ἂν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἦν καὶ πρὸς ὃ ἐβούλετο ἀνυτικώτερος· νυνὶ δὲ οὐ παρέθετο, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπανατεινάμενος ἀπειλεῖ τοιαῦτα φαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς, καταψευδόμενος αὐτῶν. πρὸς οὖν κενοὺς ψόφους ὀνομάτων οὐδεὶς λόγος αἱρεῖ ἀπολογήσασθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ δεῖξαι ὅτι οὐδὲν πονηρὸν ἢ αἰσχρὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον ἢ μιαρόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς τῶν προφητῶν λόγοις.

7.13 Chapter XIII

And there is no truth in the statement of Celsus, that “God does the most shameless deeds, or suffers the most shameless sufferings,” or that “He favours the commission of evil;” for whatever he may say, no such things have ever been foretold. He ought to have cited from the prophets the passages in which God is represented as favouring evil, or as doing and enduring the most shameless deeds, and not to have sought without foundation to prejudice the minds of his readers. The prophets, indeed, foretold what Christ should suffer, and set forth the reason why He should suffer. God therefore also knew what Christ would suffer; but where has he learnt that those things which the Christ of God should suffer were most base and dishonourable? He goes on to explain what those most shameful and degrading things were which Christ suffered, in these words: “For what better was it for God to eat the flesh of sheep, or to drink vinegar and gall, than to feed on filth?” But God, according to us, did not eat the flesh of sheep; and while it may seem that Jesus ate, He did so only as possessing a body. But in regard to the vinegar and gall mentioned in the prophecy, “They gave me also gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink,” we have already referred to this point; and as Celsus compels us to recur to it again, we would only say further, that those who resist the word of truth do ever offer to Christ the Son of God the gall of their own wickedness, and the vinegar of their evil inclinations; but though He tastes of it, yet He will not drink it.

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ποιεῖ ἢ πάσχει αἴσχιστα ὁ θεὸς οὐδὲ τῷ κακῷ διακονεῖται, ὡς οἴεται Κέλσος· οὐδὲ γὰρ προείρηταί τι τῶν τοιούτων. κἂν λέγῃ αὐτὸς προειρῆσθαι τὸν θεὸν τῷ κακῷ διακονεῖσθαι ἢ ποιεῖν ἢ πάσχειν αἴσχιστα, ἔμελλε παραθέσθαι τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν εἰς τοῦτο λέξεις καὶ μὴ μάτην μολύνειν ἐθέλειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας αὐτοῦ. ἃ μὲν οὖν πείσεται Χριστὸς προεῖπον οἱ προφῆται, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τιθέντες τοῦ, δι᾿ ὃ πείσεται· καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἠπίστατο ἅπερ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ πείσεται. πόθεν δ᾿ ὅτι καὶ μιαρώτατα καὶ ἀκαθαρτότατα ταῦτ᾿ ἦν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Κέλσος; ἀλλὰ δόξει διδάσκειν, πῶς μιαρώτατα καὶ ἀκαθαρτότατ᾿ ἄττα ἦν ἃ καὶ ὑπέμεινεν, ἐπεί φησι· τί γὰρ ἄλλο ἦν θεῷ τὸ προβάτων σάρκας ἐσθίειν καὶ χολὴν ἣ ὄξος πίνειν πλὴν σκατοφαγεῖν; θεὸς δὲ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς προβάτων σάρκας οὐκ ησθιεν. ἵνα γὰρ καὶ δόξῃ ὅτι ἤσθιεν, ὡς σῶμα φορῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἤσθιεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς χολῆς καὶ τοῦ ὄξους, προφητευθέντων ἐν τῷ „ἔδωκαν εἰς τὸ βρῶμά μου χολὴν, καὶ εἰς τὴν δίψαν μου ἐπότισάν με ὄξος,“ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω προειρηκότες ἀναγκαζόμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλσου παλιλλογεῖν. ἀεὶ γὰρ οἱ τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιβουλεύοντες λόγῳ χολὴν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἑαυτῶν κακίας καὶ ὄξος τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπὶ τὰ φαῦλα τροπῆς προσάγουσι τῷ Χριστῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς „γευσάμενος οὐ θέλει πιεῖν.“

7.14 Chapter XIV

In the next place, wishing to shake the faith of those who believe in Jesus on the ground of the prophecies which were delivered in regard to Him, Celsus says: “But pray, if the prophets foretold that the great God—not to put it more harshly—would become a slave, or become sick or die; would there be therefore any necessity that God should die, or suffer sickness, or become a slave, simply because such things had been foretold? Must he die in order to prove his divinity? But the prophets never would utter predictions so wicked and impious. We need not therefore inquire whether a thing has been predicted or not, but whether the thing is honourable in itself, and worthy of God. In that which is evil and base, although it seemed that all men in the world had foretold it in a fit of madness, we must not believe. How then can the pious mind admit that those things which are said to have happened to him, could have happened to one who is God?” From this it is plain that Celsus feels the argument from prophecy to be very effective for convincing those to whom Christ is preached; but he seems to endeavour to overthrow it by an opposite probability, namely, “that the question is not whether the prophets uttered these predictions or not.” But if he wished to reason justly and without evasion, he ought rather to have said, “We must show that these things were never predicted, or that those things which were predicted of Christ have never been fulfilled in him,” and in that way he would have established the position which he holds. In that way it would have been made plain what those prophecies are which we apply to Jesus, and how Celsus could justify himself in asserting that that application was false. And we should thus have seen whether he fairly disproved all that we bring from the prophets in behalf of Jesus, or whether he himself is convicted of a shameless endeavour to resist the plainest truths by violent assertions.

Εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτα, βουλόμενος ἀνατρέπειν τὴν πίστιν τῶν διὰ τὸ πεπροφητεῦσθαι παραδεξαμένων τὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, φησί· φέρε ἐὰν προείπωσιν οἱ προφῆται τὸν μέγαν θεὸν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἄλλο φορτικώτερον εἴπω, δουλεύειν ἢ νοσήσειν ἢ ἀποθανεῖν, τεθνήξεσθαι δεήσει τὸν θεὸν ἢ δουλεύειν ἢ νοσήσειν. ἐπειδὴ προείρητο, ἵνα πιστευθῇ ἀποθανὼν ὅτι θεὸς ἦν; ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἂν προείποιεν τοῦτο οἱ προφῆται· κακὸν γάρ ἐστι καὶ ἀνόσιον. οὐκοῦν οὔτ᾿ εἰ προεῖπον οὔτ᾿ εἰ μὴ προεῖπον. σκεπτέον, ἀλλ᾿ εἰ τὸ ἔργον ἄξιόν ἐστι θεοῦ καὶ καλόν. τῷ δ᾿ αἰσχρῷ καὶ κακῷ, κἂν πάντες ἄνθρωποι μαινόμενοι προλέγειν δοκῶσιν, ἀπιστητέον. πῶς οὖν τὰ περὶ τοῦτον ὡς περὶ θεὸν πραχθέντα ἐστὶν ὅσια;

φαίνεται δὴ διὰ τούτων ἰσχυρὸν μέν τι πρὸς πειθὼ τῶν ἀκουόντων ὑπονενοηκέναι τὸ περὶ τοῦ πεπροφητεῦσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν κεφάλαιον. ἄλλῳ δὲ πιθανῷ πειρᾶσθαι ἀνατρέπειν τὸν λόγον φάσκων· οὐκοῦν οὔτ᾿ εἰ προεῖπον οὔτ᾿ εἰ μὴ προεῖπον, σκεπτέον. ἐχρῆν δ᾿, εἴπερ μὴ παραλογιστικῶς ἀλλ᾿ ἀποδεικτικῶς ἐβούλετο ἐνστῆναι τῷ λεγομένῳ, εἰπεῖν· οὐκοῦν ἀποδεικτέον ὅτι οὐ προεῖπον ἢ οὐ, καθὼς προεῖπον, τὰ περὶ Χριστοῦ πεπλήρωται ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ λεχθέντα. καὶ ἐπιφέρειν τὴν δοκοῦσαν αὐτῷ ἀπόδειξιν. οὕτως γὰρ ἐφαίνετο ἂν, τίνα μὲν αἱ προφητεῖαι λέγουσιν ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀναφερόμενα ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πῶς δὲ οὗτος ψευδοποιεῖ τὴν ἐκδοχὴν ἡμῶν· καὶ εὑρέθη ἂν, πότερον γενναίως ἀνατρέπει τὰ ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν φερόμενα ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν εἰς τὸν περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγον, ἢ ἁλίσκεται ἀναισχύντως βιάζεσθαι θέλων τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐνάργειαν ὡς οὐκ ἀλήθειαν.

7.15 Chapter XV

After assuming that some things were foretold which are impossible in themselves, and inconsistent with the character of God, he says: “If these things were predicted of the Most High God, are we bound to believe them of God simply because they were predicted?” And thus he thinks he proves, that although the prophets may have foretold truly such things of the Son of God, yet it is impossible for us to believe in those prophecies declaring that He would do or suffer such things. To this our answer is that the supposition is absurd, for it combines two lines of reasoning which are opposed to each other, and therefore mutually destructive. This may be shown as follows. The one argument is: “If any true prophets of the Most High say that God will become a slave, or suffer sickness, or die, these things will come to God; for it is impossible that the prophets of the great God should utter lies.” The other is: “If even true prophets of the Most High God say that these same things shall come to pass, seeing that these things foretold are by the nature of things impossible, the prophecies are not true, and therefore those things which have been foretold will not happen to God.” When, then, we find two processes of reasoning in both of which the major premiss is the same, leading to two contradictory conclusions, we use the form of argument called “the theorem of two propositions,” to prove that the major premiss is false, which in the case before us is this, “that the prophets have foretold that the great God should become a slave, suffer sickness, or die.” We conclude, then, that the prophets never foretold such things; and the argument is formally expressed as follows: 1st, Of two things, if the first is true, the second is true; 2d, if the first is true, the second is not true, therefore the first is not true. The concrete example which the Stoics give to illustrate this form of argument is the following: 1st, If you know that you are dead, you are dead; 2d, if you know that you are dead, you are not dead. And the conclusion is—“you do not know that you are dead.” These propositions are worked out as follows: If you know that you are dead, that which you know is certain; therefore you are dead. Again, if you know that you are dead, your death is an object of knowledge; but as the dead know nothing, your knowing this proves that you are not dead. Accordingly, by joining the two arguments together, you arrive at the conclusion—“you do not know that you are dead.” Now the hypothesis of Celsus which we have given above is much of the same kind.

Ἐπεὶ δ᾿ ἀδύνατά τινα καὶ ἀπρεπῆ θεῷ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν τιθείς φησιν· εἰ ταῦτα προφητεύοιτο περὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ, ἆρ᾿, ἐπεὶ προλέγεται, πιστεύεσθαι δεῖ τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ θεοῦ; καὶ νομίζει κατασκευάζεσθαι ὅτι, κἂν ἀληθῶς ὦσι προειρηκότες οἱ προφῆται περὶ υἱοῦ θεοῦ τοιαῦτα, ἀδύνατον ἦν αὐτὸν παθεῖν ἢ δρᾶσαι χρῆναι πιστεύειν τοῖς προειρημένοις· λεκτέον ὅτι ἡ ὑπόθεσις αὐτοῦ ἄτοπος οὖσα ποιήσαι ἂν συνημμένα εἰς τὰ ἀλλήλοις ἀντικείμενα λήγοντα, ὅπερ οὕτω δείκνυται. εἰ οἱ ἀληθῶς προφῆται τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ δουλεύειν ἢ νοσεῖν ἀεὶ ἢ τεθνήξεσθαι φήσαιεν τὸν θεὸν, συμβήσεται ταῦτα περὶ τὸν θεὸν, ἀψευδεῖν γὰρ ἀνάγκη τοὺς τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ προφήτας· ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ οἱ ἀληθῶς προφῆται τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτά φασιν, ἐπεὶ τὰ τῇ φύσει ἀδύνατα οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθῆ, οὐκ ἂν συμβαίη περὶ τὸν θεὸν ἃ λέγουσιν οἱ προφῆται. ὅταν δὲ δύο συνημμένα λήγῃ εἰς τὰ ἀλλήλοις ἀντικείμενα τῷ καλουμένῳ „διὰ δύο τροπικῶν“ θεωρήματι, ἀναιρεῖται τὸ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς συνημμένοις ἡγούμενον, ὅπερ ἐν τούτοις ἐστὶ τὸ προλέγειν τοὺς προφήτας τὸν μέγαν θεὸν δουλεύειν ἢ νοσήσειν ἢ τεθνήξεσθαι. συνάγεται οὖν τὸ οὐκ ἄρα προεῖπον οἱ προφῆται τὸν μέγαν θεὸν δουλεύσειν ἢ νοσήσειν ἢ τεθνήξεσθαι, καὶ ὑπάγεταί γε ὁ λόγος τρόπῳ τοιούτῳ· εἰ τὸ πρῶτον, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον· εἰ [οὐ] τὸ πρῶτον, οὐ τὸ δεύτερον· οὐκ ἄρα τὸ πρῶτον.

φέρουσι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ ὕλης τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς, λέγοντες τό· εἰ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας, τέθνηκας· εἰ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας. οὐ τέθνηκας· ἀκολουθεῖ τὸ οὐκ ἄρα ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας. τὸν τρόπον δὲ τοῦτον κατασκευάζουσι τὰ συνημμένα· εἰ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας, ἔστιν ὃ ἐπίστασαι, ἔστιν ἄρα τὸ τέθνηκας. καὶ πάλιν· εἰ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι οὐ τέθνηκας, καὶ ἔστιν ὃ ἐπίστασαι, οὐ τέθνηκας, ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ τεθνηκὼς (οὐδὲν) ἐπίσταται, δῆλον ὅτι, εἰ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας, οὐ τέθνηκας. καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ, ὡς προεῖπον, ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς συνημμένοις τὸ οὐκ ἄρα ἐπίστασαι ὅτι τέθνηκας. τοιοῦτόν τι ἐστὶ καὶ περὶ τὴν Κέλσου ὑπόθεσιν, λέγοντος ἣν προεξεθέμεθα λέξιν.

7.16 Chapter XVI

But besides, the prophecies which he introduces into his argument are very different from what the prophets actually foretold of Jesus Christ. For the prophecies do not foretell that God will be crucified, when they say of Him who should suffer, “We beheld Him, and He had no form or comeliness; but His form was dishonoured and marred more than the sons of men; He was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief.” Observe, then, how distinctly they say that it was a man who should endure these human sufferings. And Jesus Himself, who knew perfectly that one who was to die must be a man, said to His accusers: “But now ye seek to kill Me, a man that hath spoken unto you the truth which I heard of God.” And if in that man as He appeared among men there was something divine, namely the only-begotten Son of God, the first-born of all creation, one who said of Himself, “I am the truth,” “I am the life,” “I am the door,” “I am the way,” “I am the living bread which came down from heaven,” of this Being and His nature we must judge and reason in a way quite different from that in which we judge of the man who was seen in Jesus Christ. Accordingly, you will find no Christian, however simple he may be, and however little versed in critical studies, who would say that He who died was “the truth,” “the life,” “the way,” “the living bread which came down from heaven,” “the resurrection;” for it was He who appeared to us in the form of the man Jesus, who taught us, saying, “I am the resurrection.” There is no one amongst us, I say, so extravagant as to affirm “the Life died,” “the Resurrection died.” The supposition of Celsus would have some foundation if we were to say that it had been foretold by the prophets that death would befall God the Word, the Truth, the Life, the Resurrection, or any other name which is assumed by the Son of God.

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ἅπερ ἐν ὑποθέσει παρειλήφαμεν παραπλήσιά ἐστι ταῖς περὶ Ἰησοῦ προφητείαις. οὐ γὰρ προεῖπον αἱ προφητεῖαι θεὸν σταυρωθήσεσθαι, αἵτινές φασι περὶ τοῦ ἀναδεξαμένου τὸν θάνατον· „καὶ εἴδομεν αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον, ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἄνθρωπος ἐν πληγῇ ὢν καὶ πόνῳ καὶ εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν.“ ὅρα οὖν (ὡς) σαφῶς ἄνθρωπον εἰρήκασι τὸν πεπονθότα ἀνθρώπινα. καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκριβῶς εἰδὼς Ἰησοῦς ὅτι τὸ ἀποθνῇσκον ἄνθρωπος ἦν, φησὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας αὐτῷ· „νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον, ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ.“ εἰ δέ τι θεῖον ἐν τῷ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν νοουμένῳ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐτύγχανεν, ὅπερ ἦν ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὁ „πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως,“ ὁ λέγων· „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια“ καὶ „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωὴ“ καὶ „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα“ καὶ „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς“ καὶ „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς“· ἄλλος δή που ὁ περὶ τούτου καὶ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ λόγος ἐστὶ παρὰ τὸν περὶ τοῦ νοουμένου κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀνθρώπου.

διόπερ οὐδ᾿ οἱ πάνυ ἁπλούστατοι καὶ λόγοις οὐκ ἐντεθραμμένοι ἐξεταστικοῖς Χριστιανοὶ εἴποιεν ἂν τεθνηκέναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἢ τὴν ζωὴν ἢ τὴν ὁδὸν ἢ τὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάντα ζῶντα ἄρτον ἢ τὴν ἀνάστασιν· φησὶ γὰρ ἑαυτὸν ἀνάστασιν εἶναι ὁ ἐν τῷ φαινομένῳ ἀνθρώπῳ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν διδάξας τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐδεὶς (οὕτως) ἐμβρόντητος ἡμῶν ἐστιν, ἵν᾿ εἴπῃ· τέθνηκεν „ἡ ζωὴ“ ἤ· τέθνηκεν „ἡ ἀνάστασις.“ ἦν δ᾿ ἂν τὸ τῆς ὑποθέσεως τοῦ Κέλσου χώραν ἔχον, εἰ ἐφάσκομεν προειρηκέναι τοὺς προφήτας τεθνήξεσθαι τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἢ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἢ τὴν ζωὴν ἢ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἤ τι τῶν ἄλλων, ἅ φησιν εἶναι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.

7.17 Chapter XVII

In one point alone is Celsus correct in his statements on this subject. It is that in which he says: “The prophets would not foretell this, because it involves that which is wicked and impious,”—namely, that the great God should become a slave or suffer death. But that which is predicted by the prophets is worthy of God, that He who is the brightness and express image of the divine nature should come into the world with the holy human soul which was to animate the body of Jesus, to sow the seed of His word, which might bring all who received and cherished it into union with the Most High God, and which would lead to perfect blessedness all those who felt within them the power of God the Word, who was to be in the body and soul of a man. He was to be in it indeed, but not in such a way as to confine therein all the rays of His glory; and we are not to suppose that the light of Him who is God the Word is shed forth in no other way than in this. If, then, we consider Jesus in relation to the divinity that was in Him, the things which He did in this capacity present nothing to offend our ideas of God, nothing but what is holy; and if we consider Him as man, distinguished beyond all other men by an intimate communion with the Eternal Word, with absolute Wisdom, He suffered as one who was wise and perfect, whatever it behoved Him to suffer who did all for the good of the human race, yea, even for the good of all intelligent beings. And there is nothing absurd in a man having died, and in His death being not only an example of death endured for the sake of piety, but also the first blow in the conflict which is to overthrow the power of that evil spirit the devil, who had obtained dominion over the whole world. For we have signs and pledges of the destruction of his empire, in those who through the coming of Christ are everywhere escaping from the power of demons, and who, after their deliverance from this bondage in which they were held, consecrate themselves to God, and earnestly devote themselves day by day to advancement in a life of piety.

Ἀληθεύει οὖν ἐν μόνῳ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ὁ Κέλσος τῷ· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἂν προείποιεν τοῦτο οἱ προφῆται· κακὸν γάρ ἐστι καὶ ἀνόσιον. τί δὲ τοῦτο ἢ ὅτι ὁ μέγας θεὸς δουλεύσει ἢ τεθνήξεται; ἄξιον δὲ θεοῦ τὸ προφητευθέν ἐστιν ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι τῆς θείας φύσεως „ἀπαύγασμα“ καὶ „χαρακτήρ“ τις ἐνανθρωπούσῃ ψυχῇ ἱερᾷ τῇ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ συνεπιδημήσει τῷ βίῳ, ἵνα σπείρῃ λόγον, οἰκειοῦντα τῷ τῶν ὅλων θεῷ τὸν παραδεξάμενον αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν καὶ γεωργήσαντα καὶ ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγόντα πάντα, ὃς τὴν δύναμιν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει τοῦ ἐν ἀνθρώπου σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ ἐσομένου θεοῦ λόγου. οὕτως δ᾿ ἔσται, ὡς μὴ ἀποκεκλεῖσθαι τὰς αὐγὰς αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκείνῳ μόνῳ μηδ᾿ ὀνομάζεσθαι ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐστι τὸ τῶν αὐγῶν τούτων παρεκτικὸν φῶς, θεὸς λόγος ὤν.

τὰ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τοίνυν καθὸ μὲν νενόηται θεότητι ἐν αὐτῷ πραχθέντα, ἐστὶν ὅσια, καὶ οὐ μαχόμενα τῇ περὶ τοῦ θείου ἐννοίᾳ· καθὸ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἦν, παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀνθρώπου κεκοσμημένος τῇ ἄκρᾳ μετοχῇ τοῦ αὐτολόγου καὶ τῆς αὐτοσοφίας ὑπέμεινεν ὡς σοφὸς καὶ τέλειος ἅπερ ἐχρῆν ὑπομεῖναι τὸν ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ καὶ τῶν λογικῶν πάντα πράττοντα. καὶ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον καὶ ἀποτεθνηκέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ οὐ μόνον παράδειγμα ἐκκεῖσθαι τοῦ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀποθνῄ σκειν ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ εἰργάσθαι ἀρχὴν καὶ προκοπὴν τῆς καταλύσεως τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ διαβόλου, πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν νενεμημένου. σημεῖα δὲ τῆς καθαιρέσεώς εἰσιν αὐτοῦ οἱ διὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν Ἰησοῦ πανταχόθεν φυγόντες μὲν τοὺς κατέχοντας αὐτοὺς δαίμονας, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἠλευθερῶσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνους δουλείας ἀνατιθέντες ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῖς καθαρωτέρᾳ ὁσημέραι εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείᾳ.

7.18 Chapter XVIII

Celsus adds: “Will they not besides make this reflection? If the prophets of the God of the Jews foretold that he who should come into the world would be the Son of this same God, how could he command them through Moses to gather wealth, to extend their dominion, to fill the earth, to put their enemies of every age to the sword, and to destroy them utterly, which indeed he himself did—as Moses says—threatening them, moreover, that if they did not obey his commands, he would treat them as his avowed enemies; whilst, on the other hand, his Son, the man of Nazareth, promulgated laws quite opposed to these, declaring that no one can come to the Father who loves power, or riches, or glory; that men ought not to be more careful in providing food than the ravens; that they were to be less concerned about their raiment than the lilies; that to him who has given them one blow, they should offer to receive another? Whether is it Moses or Jesus who teaches falsely? Did the Father, when he sent Jesus, forget the commands which he had given to Moses? Or did he change his mind, condemn his own laws, and send forth a messenger with counter instructions?” Celsus, with all his boasts of universal knowledge, has here fallen into the most vulgar of errors, in supposing that in the law and the prophets there is not a meaning deeper than that afforded by a literal rendering of the words. He does not see how manifestly incredible it is that worldly riches should be promised to those who lead upright lives, when it is a matter of common observation that the best of men have lived in extreme poverty. Indeed, the prophets themselves, who for the purity of their lives received the Divine Spirit, “wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented: they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth.” For, as the Psalmist, says, “many are the afflictions of the righteous.” If Celsus had read the writings of Moses, he would, I daresay, have supposed that when it is said to him who kept the law, “Thou shalt lend unto many nations, and thou thyself shalt not borrow,” the promise is made to the just man, that his temporal riches should be so abundant, that he would be able to lend not only to the Jews, not only to two or three nations, but “to many nations.” What, then, must have been the wealth which the just man received according to the law for his righteousness, if he could lend to many nations? And must we not suppose also, in accordance with this interpretation, that the just man would never borrow anything? For it is written, “and thou shalt thyself borrow nothing.” Did then that nation remain for so long a period attached to the religion which was taught by Moses, whilst, according to the supposition of Celsus, they saw themselves so grievously deceived by that lawgiver? For nowhere is it said of any one that he was so rich as to lend to many nations. It is not to be believed that they would have fought so zealously in defence of a law whose promises had proved glaringly false, if they understood them in the sense which Celsus gives to them. And if any one should say that the sins which are recorded to have been committed by the people are a proof that they despised the law, doubtless from the feeling that they had been deceived by it, we may reply that we have only to read the history of the times in order to find it shown that the whole people, after having done that which was evil in the sight of the Lord, returned afterwards to their duty, and to the religion prescribed by the law.

Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις τοιαῦτά φησιν ὁ Κέλσος· ἐκεῖνο δ᾿ οὐκ ἐνθυμηθήσονται πάλιν; εἰ προεῖπον οἱ τοῦ Ἰουδαίων θεοῦ προφῆται τοῦτον ἐκείνου παῖδα ἐσόμενον, πῶς ἐκεῖνος μὲν διὰ Μωϋσέως νομοθετεῖ πλουτεῖν καὶ δυναστεύειν καὶ καταπιμπλάναι τὴν γῆν καὶ καταφονεύειν τοὺς πολεμίους ἡβηδὸν καὶ παγγενεὶ κτείνειν, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὥς φησι Μωϋσῆς, ποιεῖ, καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα, ἂν μὴ πείθωνται, διαῤῥήδην αὐτοὺς τὰ τῶν πολεμίων δράσειν ἀπειλεῖ, ὁ δ᾿ υἱὸς ἄρα αὐτοῦ, ὁ „Ναζωραῖος“ ἄνθρωπος. ἀντινομοθετεῖ μηδὲ παριτητὸν εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῷ πλουτοῦντι ἢ φιλαρχιῶντι ἢ σοφίας ἢ δόξης ἀντιποιουμένῳ, δεῖν δὲ σίτων μὲν καὶ ταμείου μὴ μᾶλλόν τι φροντίζειν ἢ „τοὺς κόρακας,“ ἐσθῆτος δὲ ἧττον ἢ „τὰ κρίνα,“ τῷ δ᾿ ἅπαξ τυπτήσαντι παρέχειν καὶ αὖθις τύπτειν; πότερον Μωϋσῆς ἢ Ἰησοῦς ψεύδεται; ἢ ὁ πατὴρ τοῦτον πέμπων ἐπελάθετο, τίνα Μω(??)σεῖ διετάξατο; ἢ καταγνοὺς τῶν ἰδίων νόμων μετέγνω καὶ τὸν ἄγγελον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀποστέλλει;

πέπονθε δὴ διὰ τούτων Κέλσος πρᾶγμα ὁ πάντ᾿ ἐπίστασθαι ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἰδιωτικώτατον, περὶ τοῦ νοῦ τῶν γραφῶν οἰηθεὶς πλέον τῶν κατὰ τὸ γράμμα λέξεων μηδένα λόγον εἶναι βαθύτερον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις· οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι οὐκ ἂν οὕτω προφανῶς ἀπιθάνως τὸν σωματικὸν ἐπηγγέλλετο πλοῦτον τοῖς ὀρθῶς βιώσασιν ὁ λόγος, δεικνυμένων δικαιοτάτων ἐν ἄκρᾳ πενίᾳ βεβιωκέναι. οἱ γοῦν προφῆται καὶ διὰ τὸ καθαρῶς βεβιωκέναι τὸ θεῖον πνεῦμα χωρήσαντες „περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, ἐν ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς“· „πολλαὶ“ γὰρ „αἱ θλίψεις τῶν δικαίων“ κατὰ τὸν ὑμνῳδόν.

εἴπερ δὲ ἀνέγνω τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον ὁ Κέλσος, εἰκὸς ὅτι τὸ „δανιεῖς ἔθνεσι πολλοῖς, σὺ δὲ οὐ δανιῇ,“ λεγόμενον πρὸς τὸν τηροῦντα τὸν νόμον, ᾠήθη τοιοῦτον εἶναι, ὥστ᾿ ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ λέγεσθαι τῷ δικαίῳ τοσοῦτον πλουτήσειν τὸν τυφλὸν πλοῦτον, ὥστε διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων οὐ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις δανείζειν τὸν δίκαιον ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ἄλλῳ ἑνὶ ἔθνει ἢ δευτέρῳ ἢ τρίτῳ ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς. πόσα οὖν ἂν ὁ δίκαιος ἐκέκτητο χρήματα, μισθὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον λαβὼν, ἵνα δανιοῖ „πολλοῖς ἔθνεσιν“; ἀκόλουθον δ᾿ ἐστὶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἐκδοχῇ καὶ τὸ ὑπολαμβάνειν ὅτι οὐδέ ποτε ὁ δίκαιος δανείζεται, ἐπεὶ γέγραπται· „σὺ δὲ οὐ δανιῇ.“ ἆρ᾿ οὖν ἔμεινε τὸ ἔθνος τοσούτοις χρόνοις ἐν τῇ κατὰ Μωϋσέα θεοσεβείᾳ, προφανῶς βλέπον ψευδόμενον ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ Κέλσῳ τὸν νομοθέτην; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἱστόρηταί τις τοσοῦτον πλουτήσας, ὡς δεδανεικέναι „ἔθνεσι πολλοῖς.“ ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πιθανὸν οὕτως αὐτοὺς διδασκομένους ἀκούειν τοῦ νόμου, ὡς Κέλσος ᾤετο, καὶ προφανῶς βλέποντας ψευδεῖς (τὰς) κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐπαγγελίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ νόμου.

ἐὰν δὲ τὰς ἀναγεγραμμένας τις ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ φέρῃ παράδειγμα τοῦ καταπεφρονηκέναι αὐτοὺς τοῦ νόμου, τάχα διὰ τὸ κατεγνωκέναι αὐτοὺς ὡς ψευδομένου, λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι ἀναγνωστέον καὶ τοὺς χρόνους, ἐν οἷς ὅλος ὁ λαὸς ἀναγέγραπται μετὰ τὸ πεποιηκέναι τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιον κυρίου ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον καὶ τὴν κατὰ τὸν νόμον θεοσέβειαν μεταβεβληκέναι.

7.19 Chapter XIX

Now if these words in the law, “Thou shalt have dominion over many nations, and no one shall rule over thee,” were simply a promise to them of dominion, and if they contain no deeper meaning than this, then it is certain that the people would have had still stronger grounds for despising the promises of the law. Celsus brings forward another passage, although he changes the terms of it, where it is said that the whole earth shall be filled with the Hebrew race; which indeed, according to the testimony of history, did actually happen after the coming of Christ, although rather as a result of God’s anger, if I may so say, than of His blessing. As to the promise made to the Jews that they should slay their enemies, it may be answered that any one who examines carefully into the meaning of this passage will find himself unable to interpret it literally. It is sufficient at present to refer to the manner in which in the Psalms the just man is represented as saying, among other things, “Every morning will I destroy the wicked of the land; that I may cut off all workers of iniquity from the city of Jehovah.” Judge, then, from the words and spirit of the speaker, whether it is conceivable that, after having in the preceding part of the Psalm, as any one may read for himself, uttered the noblest thoughts and purposes, he should in the sequel, according to the literal rendering of his words, say that in the morning, and at no other period of the day, he would destroy all sinners from the earth, and leave none of them alive, and that he would slay every one in Jerusalem who did iniquity. And there are many similar expressions to be found in the law, as this, for example: “We left not anything alive.”

Ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ δυναστεύειν αὐτοῖς ὁ νόμος ἐπηγγέλλετο λέγων· „ἄρξεις σὺ [δὲ] ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, σοῦ δὲ οὐκ ἄρξουσι,“ καὶ μηδὲν δηλοῦται διὰ τούτων βαθύτερον, δῆλον ὅτι πολλῷ πλέον κατεγίνωσκεν ὁ λαὸς τῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐπαγγελιῶν. παραφράζει δέ τινας λέξεις ὁ Κέλσος, ἐμφαινούσας πληρωθήσεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν διὰ τοῦ Ἑβραϊκοῦ σπέρματος· ὅπερ ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν μηνίοντος, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, τοῦ θεοῦ γεγένηται μετὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημίαν ἤπερ εὐλογίας ἀποδιδόντος. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ εἰρῆσθαι Ἰουδαίοις καταφονεύειν τοὺς πολεμίους λεκτέον (ὅτι), εἴ τις ἀναλέγοιτο καὶ προσέχοι ἐπιμελῶς ταῖς λέξεσιν, εὕροι ἂν ἀδύνατον εἶναι τὴν ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκδοχήν. ἀρκεῖ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀπὸ τῶν ψαλμῶν παραθέσθαι, τίνα τρόπον ὁ δίκαιος εἰσάγεται λέγων πρὸς ἑτέροις καὶ τό· „εἰς τὰς πρωΐας ἀπέκτεινον πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς, τοῦ ἐξολοθρεῦσαι ἐκ πόλεως κυρίου πάντας τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν.“ πρόσχες δὴ τῷ ῥητῷ καὶ τῇ διαθέσει τοῦ λέγοντος, εἰ ἐδύνατο ἀνδραγαθήματα προδιηγησάμενος, ἅπερ ἔκκειται τῷ βουλομένῳ ἀναγινώσκειν, ἐπιφέρειν τὸ ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν δυνατὸν, ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλῳ καιρῷ τῆς ἡμέρας ἢ τῷ ἑωθινῷ ἀνῄρει „πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς,“ ὡς μηδένα καταλιπεῖν αὐτῶν ζῶντα· καὶ εἰ ἐξωλόθρευεν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ πάνθ᾿ ὁντινοῦν ἄνθρωπον ἐργαζόμενον „τὴν ἀνομίαν.“ πολλὰ δ᾿ ἂν εὕροις καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοιαῦτα ὡς τὸ „οὐ κατελίπομεν αὐτῶν ζωγρίαν.“

7.20 Chapter XX

Celsus adds, that it was foretold to the Jews, that if they did not obey the law, they would be treated in the same way as they treated their enemies; and then he quotes from the teaching of Christ some precepts which he considers contrary to those of the law, and uses that as an argument against us. But before proceeding to this point, we must speak of that which precedes. We hold, then, that the law has a twofold sense,—the one literal, the other spiritual,—as has been shown by some before us. Of the first or literal sense it is said, not by us, but by God, speaking in one of the prophets, that “the statutes are not good, and the judgments not good;” whereas, taken in a spiritual sense, the same prophet makes God say that “His statutes are good, and His judgments good.” Yet evidently the prophet is not saying things which are contradictory of each other. Paul in like manner says, that “the letter killeth, and the spirit giveth life,” meaning by “the letter” the literal sense, and by “the spirit” the spiritual sense of Scripture. We may therefore find in Paul, as well as in the prophet, apparent contradictions. Indeed, if Ezekiel says in one place, “I gave them commandments which were not good, and judgments whereby they should not live,” and in another, “I gave them good commandments and judgments, which if a man shall do, he shall live by them,” Paul in like manner, when he wishes to disparage the law taken literally, says, “If the ministration of death, written and engraven in stones, was glorious, so that the children of Israel could not stedfastly behold the face of Moses for the glory of his countenance, which glory was to be done away; how shall not the ministration of the Spirit be rather glorious?” But when in another place he wishes to praise and recommend the law, he calls it “spiritual,” and says, “We know that the law is spiritual;” and, “Wherefore the law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good.”

Φέρει δ ὁ Κέλσος καὶ τὸ προειρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς μὴ πειθομένοις τῷ νόμῳ τὰ αὐτὰ πείσεσθαι, ἅπερ ἔδρων τοὺς πολεμίους. καὶ πρὶν ἄν τι παρατιθεὶς τούτοις ὁ Κέλσος χρήσηται οἷς νομίζει ἐναντιώμασι πρὸς τὸν νόμον ἀπὸ τῆς Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας, λεκτέον περὶ τῶν προειρημένων. φαμὲν τοίνυν ὅτι ὁ νόμος διττός ἐστιν, ὁ μέν τις πρὸς ῥητὸν ὁ δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν, ὡς καὶ τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν τινες ἐδίδαξαν. καὶ ὁ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν οὐ τοσοῦτον ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ὅσον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔν τινι τῶν προφητῶν λέγοντος θεοῦ εἴρηται εἶναι „δικαιώματα οὐ καλὰ“ καὶ „προστάγματα οὐ καλά“· ὁ δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν προφήτην ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεται εἶναι „δικαιώματα καλὰ“ καὶ „προστάγματα καλά“· οὐ γὰρ προφανῶς ἐναντία λέγει ὁ προφήτης ἐν ταὐτῷ. ᾧ ἀκολούθως καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τὸ μὲν „γράμμα“ εἶπεν ἀποκτέννειν, ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ (πρὸς) τὸ ῥητόν· „τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα“ ζῳοποιεῖν, ὅπερ ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ πρὸς διάνοιαν. ἔστι γοῦν παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ ἀνάλογόν τι εὑρεῖν τοῖς νομισθεῖσιν ἂν ἐναντιώμασι κατὰ τὸν προφήτην. ὡς γὰρ ὅπου μὲν Ἰεζεκιὴλ λέγει· „ἔδωκα αὐτοῖς δικαιώματα οὐ καλὰ καὶ προστάγματα οὐ καλὰ, ἐν οἷς οὐ ζήσονται ἐν αὐτοῖς“ ὅπου δέ· „ἔδωκα αὐτοῖς δικαιώματα καλὰ καὶ προστάγματα καλὰ, ἐν οἷς ζήσονται ἐν αὐτοῖς,“ ἤτοι ἰσοδυναμοῦν γε τούτοις· οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, ὅπου μὲν τὸ τοῦ νομικοῦ γράμματος διαβαλεῖν θέλει, φησίν· „εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου (ἐν) γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον Μωϋσέως διὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τὴν καταργουμένην, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ;“ ὅπου δὲ θαυμάζει τὸν νόμον καὶ ἀποδέχεται, πνευματικὸν αὐτὸν ὀνομάζει λέγων· „οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν,“ ἀποδέχεται δὲ ἐν τῷ· „ὥστε ὁ μὲν νόμος ἅγιος, καὶ ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή.“

7.21 Chapter XXI

When, then, the letter of the law promises riches to the just, Celsus may follow the letter which killeth, and understand it of worldly riches, which blind men; but we say that it refers to those riches which enlighten the eyes, and which enrich a man “in all utterance and in all knowledge.” And in this sense we “charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate.” For, as Solomon says, “riches” are the true good, which “are the ransom of the life of a man;” but the poverty which is the opposite of these riches is destructive, for by it “the poor cannot bear rebuke.” And what has been said of riches applies to dominion, in regard to which it is said, “The just man shall chase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight.” Now if riches are to be taken in the sense we have just explained, consider if it is not according to God’s promise that he who is rich in all utterance, in all knowledge, in all wisdom, in all good works, may not out of these treasures of utterance, of wisdom, and of knowledge, lend to many nations. It was thus that Paul lent to all the nations that he visited, “carrying the Gospel of Christ from Jerusalem, and round about unto Illyricum.” And as the divine knowledge was given to him by revelation, and his mind was illumined by the Divine Word, he himself therefore needed to borrow from no one, and required not the ministry to any man to teach him the word of truth. Thus, as it had been written, “Thou shalt have dominion over many nations, and they shall not have dominion over thee,” he ruled over the Gentiles whom he brought under the teaching of Jesus Christ; and he never “gave place by subjection to men, no, not for an hour,” as being himself mightier than they. And thus also he “filled the earth.”

Ἐὰν οὖν ἡ λέξις τοῦ νόμου πλοῦτον ἐπαγγέλλεται τοῖς δικαίοις, Κέλσος μὲν κατὰ τὸ ἀποκτέννον „γράμμα“ νομιζέτω τὸν τυφλὸν πλοῦτον λέγεσθαι ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ· ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν ὀξὺ βλέποντα, καθὸ πλουτεῖ τις „ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει,“ καὶ καθὸ παραγγέλλομεν „τοῖς πλουσίοις ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι μὴ ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν μηδ᾿ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ θεῷ, τῷ παρέχοντι πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν, ἀγαθοεργεῖν, πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, εὐμεταδότους εἶναι, κοινωνικούς.“ καὶ γὰρ „ὁ“ ἐν ἀληθινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς „πλοῦτος“ „λύτρον ἐστὶν ἀνδρὸς ψυχῆς“ κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα, ἡ δ᾿ ἐναντία τούτῳ πτωχεία ὀλέθριον, δι᾿ ἣν „ὁ πτωχὸς οὐχ ὑφίσταται ἀπειλήν.“

ἀνάλογον δὲ τοῖς ἀποδεδομένοις περὶ τοῦ πλούτου λεκτέον καὶ περὶ τῆς δυναστείας, καθ᾿ ἣν „εἷς“ δίκαιος διώξεσθαι λέγεται „χιλίους, καὶ δύο“ μετακινεῖν „μυριάδας.“ εἴπερ δὲ ταῦτα νενόηται ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν πλοῦτον, ὅρα εἰ μὴ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ἐπαγγελίᾳ θεοῦ τὸν πλουτοῦντα „ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει“ καὶ πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ δανείζειν ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν πλούτου „ἔθνεσι πολλοῖς,“ ὡς ἐδάνεισε Παῦλος „κύκλῳ“ „ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ“ ἕως „τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ“ πληρῶν „τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ“ πᾶσιν ἔθνεσιν, οἷς ἐπιδεδήμηκε. καὶ ἐπεὶ κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν αὐτῷ ἐγνωρίζετο τὰ θεῖα, φωτιζομένῳ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ λόγου θειότητος, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐδανείζετο οὐδὲ χρείαν εἶχεν ἀνθρώπου διακονουμένου αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον. οὕτω δὲ γεγραμμένου καὶ τοῦ· „ἄρξεις σὺ ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, σοῦ δὲ οὐκ ἄρξουσι,“ κατὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου δυναστείαν ὑποτάσσων τῇ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίᾳ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἦρχεν αὐτῶν, οὐδέ ποτε ἐν χώρᾳ ὑποτεταγμένος ἀνθρώποις ὡς κρείττοσι γινομένοις· οὕτω δὲ καὶ κατεπίμπλα τὴν γῆν.

7.22 Chapter XXII

If I must now explain how the just man “slays his enemies,” and prevails everywhere, it is to be observed that, when he says, “Every morning will I destroy the wicked of the land, that I may cut off all workers of iniquity from the city of Jehovah,” by “the land” he means the flesh whose lusts are at enmity with God; and by “the city of Jehovah” he designates his own soul, in which was the temple of God, containing the true idea and conception of God, which makes it to be admired by all who look upon it. As soon, then, as the rays of the Sun of righteousness shine into his soul, feeling strengthened and invigorated by their influence, he sets himself to destroy all the lusts of the flesh, which are called “the wicked of the land,” and drives out of that city of the Lord which is in his soul all thoughts which work iniquity, and all suggestions which are opposed to the truth. And in this way also the just give up to destruction all their enemies, which are their vices, so that they do not spare even the children, that is, the early beginnings and promptings of evil. In this sense also we understand the language of the 137th Psalm: “O daughter of Babylon, who art to be destroyed; happy shall he be that rewardeth thee as thou hast served us: happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the stones.” For “the little ones” of Babylon (which signifies confusion) are those troublesome sinful thoughts which arise in the soul and he who subdues them by striking, as it were, their heads against the firm and solid strength of reason and truth, is the man who “dasheth the little ones against the stones;” and he is therefore truly blessed. God may therefore have commanded men to destroy all their vices utterly, even at their birth, without having enjoined anything contrary to the teaching of Christ; and He may Himself have destroyed before the eyes of those who were “Jews inwardly” all the offspring of evil as His enemies. And, in like manner, those who disobey the law and word of God may well be compared to His enemies led astray by sin; and they may well be said to suffer the same fate as they deserve who have proved traitors to the truth of God.

Εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ καταφονεύειν δεῖ διηγήσασθαι ἅμα καὶ τὸ δυνατὸν τοῦ δικαίου περὶ πάντα, λεκτέον ὅτι φάσκων· „εἰς τὰς πρωΐας ἀπέκτεινον (πάντας) τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς, τοῦ ἐξολοθρεῦσαι ἐκ πόλεως κυρίου πάντας τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν“ γῆν μὲν τροπικῶς ἔλεγε τὴν σάρκα, ἧς „τὸ φρόνημα“ „ἔχθρα ἐστὶν εἰς θεὸν,“ πόλιν δὲ „κυρίου“ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, ἐν ᾗ ἦν „ναὸς θεοῦ,“ χωρήσας δόξαν καὶ ὑπόληψιν ὀρθὴν περὶ θεοῦ καὶ θαυμαζομένην ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ὁρώντων αὐτήν. ἅμα οὖν ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου „τῆς δικαιοσύνης“ αὐγαῖς ἐπιλαμπούσαις αὐτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ ὡσπερεὶ δυναμούμενος υπ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ κραταιούμενος ἀνῄρει πᾶν „τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς,“ λεγόμενον „ἁμαρτωλοὺς γῆς,“ καὶ ἐξωλόθρευεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἑαυτοῦ „πόλεως κυρίου πάντας τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν“ λογισμοὺς καὶ τὰ ἐχθρὰ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐνθυμήματα.

οὕτως δὲ καὶ ἀναιροῦσιν οἱ δίκαιοι πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἀπὸ κακίας ἐρχομένων „ζωγρίαν,“ ὡς μηδὲ νήπιον καὶ ἄρτι ὑποφυόμενον κακὸν καταλείπεσθαι. ἡμεῖς οὕτως ἀκούομεν καὶ τοῦ ἐν ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τριακοστῷ καὶ ἕκτῳ ψαλμῷ ῥητοῦ, οὕτως ἔχοντος· „θυγάτηρ Βαβυλῶνος ἡ ταλαίπωρος, μακάριος, ὃς ἀνταποδώσει σοι τὸ ἀνταπόδομά σου, ὃ ἀνταπέδωκας ἡμῖν· μακάριος, ὃς κρατήσει καὶ ἐδαφιεῖ τὰ νήπιά σου πρὸς τὴν πέτραν.“ „νήπια“ γὰρ „Βαβυλῶνος,“ ἑρμηνευομένης συγχύσεως, οἱ ἄρτι ὑποφυόμενοι καὶ ἀνατέλλοντες ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ εἰσιν συγχυτικοὶ λογισμοὶ οἱ ἀπὸ κακίας· ὧν ὁ κρατῶν, ὡς καὶ τῷ στερεῷ καὶ εὐτόνῳ τοῦ λόγου προσρῆξαι αὐτῶν τὰς κεφαλὰς, ἐδαφίζει „τὰ νήπια“ τῆς „Βαβυλῶνος“ „πρὸς τὴν πέτραν,“ γινόμενος διὰ τοῦτο „μακάριος.“ ἡβηδὸν οὖν τὰ τῆς κακίας καὶ παγγενεὶ κτείνειν κελευέτω ὁ θεὸς, οὐδὲν ἐναντίον διδάσκων οἷς Ἰησοῦς κατήγγειλε, καὶ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν „ἐν κρυπτῷ“ Ἰουδαίων ποιείτω ὁ θεὸς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας ἀναίρεσιν. καὶ τοιοῦτόν γε ἔστω τὸ τοὺς μὴ πειθομένους νόμῳ καὶ λόγῳ θεοῦ, ὁμοιωθέντας τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ ποιωθέντας ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας, πάσχειν ταῦτα, ἅπερ ἄξιον πάσχειν τοὺς ἀποστάντας λόγων θεοῦ.

7.23 Chapter XXIII

From what has been said, it is clear then that Jesus, “the man of Nazareth,” did not promulgate laws opposed to those just considered in regard to riches, when He said, “It is hard for the rich man to enter into the kingdom of God;” whether we take the word “rich” in its simplest sense, as referring to the man whose mind is distracted by his wealth, and, as it were, entangled with thorns, so that he brings forth no spiritual fruit; or whether it is the man who is rich in the sense of abounding in false notions, of whom it is written in the Proverbs, “Better is the poor man who is just, than the rich man who is false.” Perhaps it is the following passages which have led Celsus to suppose that Jesus forbids ambition to His disciples: “Whoever of you will be the chiefest, shall be servant of all;” “The princes of the Gentiles exercise dominion over them,” and “they that exercise authority upon them are called benefactors.” But there is nothing here inconsistent with the promise, “Thou shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee,” especially after the explanation which we have given of these words. Celsus next throws in an expression in regard to wisdom, as though he thought that, according to the teaching of Christ, no wise man could come to the Father. But we would ask in what sense he speaks of a wise man. For if he means one who is wise in “the wisdom of this world,” as it is called, “which is foolishness with God,” then we would agree with him in saying that access to the Father is denied to one who is wise in that sense. But if by wisdom any one means Christ, who is “the power and wisdom of God,” far from such a wise man being refused access to the Father, we hold that he who is adorned by the Holy Spirit with that gift which is called “the word of wisdom,” far excels all those who have not received the same grace.

Σαφῆ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐκ τούτων, πῶς Ἰησοῦς ὁ „Ναζωραῖος“ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἀντινομοθετεῖ τοῖς περὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν ἐξισταμένων εἰρημένοις περὶ τοῦ δύσκολον εἶναι πλούσιον εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείαν· εἴτε πλούσιόν τις λαμβάνει ἁπλούστερον τὸν ὑπὸ πλούτου περισπώμενον καὶ ὡς ὑπὸ ἀκάνθης αὐτοῦ ἐμποδιζόμενον φέρειν τοὺς τοῦ λόγου καρποὺς εἴτε καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ψευδέσι δόγμασι πλουτοῦντα, περὶ οὗ ἐν Παροιμίαις γέγραπται· „κρείσσων πτωχὸς δίκαιος ἢ πλούσιος ψεύστης.“

εἰκὸς δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ „ὁ θέλων ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος ἔστω πάντων διάκονος“ καὶ „οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν“ καὶ „οἱ ἐξουσιάζοντες ἐν αὐτοῖς εὐεργέται καλοῦνται“ εἰληφέναι τὸν Κέλσον ὅτι Ἰησοῦς φιλαρχίαν ἐκώλυεν, ἥντινα οὐκ ἐναντίαν εἶναι νομιστέον τοῦ „ἄρξεις σὺ ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, σοῦ δὲ οὐκ ἄρξουσι,“ μάλιστα διὰ τὰ ἀποδεδομένα εἰς τὴν λέξιν.

ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις παραῤῥίπτει περὶ τῆς σοφίας ὁ Κέλσος, οἰόμενος τὸν Ἰησοῦν διδάσκειν μὴ παριτητὸν εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῷ σοφῷ. εἴπωμεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν· ποίῳ σοφῷ; εἰ μὲν γὰρ τούτῳ, ὃς πεποίωται κατὰ τὴν λεγομένην σοφίαν „τοῦ κόσμου τούτου,“ ουσαν μωρίαν „παρὰ τῷ θεῷ.“ καὶ ἡμεῖς φήσομεν μὴ παριτητὸν εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῷ οὕτως σοφῷ· εἰ δὲ σοφίαν τις νοήσαι τὸν Χριστὸν, ἐπεὶ Χριστός ἐστι θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ θεοῦ σοφία, οὐ μόνον παριτητὸν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῷ οὕτως σοφῷ λέγομεν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ τῶν μὴ τοιούτων διαφέρειν τὸν κεκοσμημένον χαρίσματί φαμεν λόγῳ „σοφίας“ καλουμένῳ, διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος διδομένῳ.

7.24 Chapter XXIV

The pursuit of human glory, we maintain, is forbidden not only by the teaching of Jesus, but also by the Old Testament. Accordingly we find one of the prophets, when imprecating upon himself certain punishments for the commission of certain sins, includes among the punishments this one of earthly glory. He says, “O Lord my God, if I have done this; if there be iniquity in my hands; if I have rewarded evil unto him that was at peace with me; (yea, rather, I have delivered him that without cause is mine enemy;) let the enemy persecute my soul, and take it; yea, let him tread down my life upon the earth, and set my glory up on high.” And these precepts of our Lord, “Take no thought what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink. Behold the fowls of the air, or behold the ravens: for they sow not, neither do they reap; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. How much better are ye than they! And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field;”—these precepts, and those which follow, are not inconsistent with the promised blessings of the law, which teaches that the just “shall eat their bread to the full;” nor with that saying of Solomon, “The righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soul, but the belly of the wicked shall want.” For we must consider the food promised in the law as the food of the soul, which is to satisfy not both parts of man’s nature, but the soul only. And the words of the Gospel, although probably containing a deeper meaning, may yet be taken in their more simple and obvious sense, as teaching us not to be disturbed with anxieties about our food and clothing, but, while living in plainness, and desiring only what is needful, to put our trust in the providence of God.

Πάλιν τε αὖ τὸ δόξης ἀντιποιεῖσθαι τῆς παρ᾿ ἀνθρώποις οὐ κατὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ μόνου διδασκαλίαν κωλύεσθαί φαμεν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν γραφήν. ἐπαρώμενος γοῦν ἑαυτῷ τις τῶν προφητῶν, εἰ ἔνοχος εἴη τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι, φησὶν ἀντὶ μεγίστου κακοῦ συμβῆναι ἂν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν βιωτικὴν δόξαν. λέγει δὲ οὕτως· „κύριε, ὁ θεός μου, εἰ ἐποίησα τοῦτο, εἰ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν χερσί μου, εἰ ἀνταπέδωκα τοῖς ἀνταποδιδοῦσί μοι κακὰ, ἀποπέσοιμι ἄρα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου κενός· καταδιώξαι ἄρα ὁ ἐχθρὸς τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ καταλάβοι, καὶ καταπατήσαι εἰς γῆν τὴν ζωήν μου, καὶ τὴν δόξαν μου εἰς χοῦν κατασκηνώσαι.“

ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τὸ „μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε. κατανοήσατε τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἢ κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας, ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσι, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὐτά, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;“ καὶ „περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ“ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἐναντία ἐστὶ ταῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ εὐλογίαις. διδασκούσαις τὸν δίκαιον ἐσθίοντα πληροῦσθαι, καὶ τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σολομῶντος τοῦτον εἰρημένῳ τὸν τρόπον· „δίκαιος ἐσθίων ἐμπίπλησι ψυχὴν, ψυχαὶ δὲ ἀσεβῶν ἐνδεεῖς.“ χρὴ γὰρ ὁρᾶν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς τροφὴν δηλουμένην ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὸν νόμον εὐλογίᾳ· ἧς οὐχ ὁ σύνθετος πληροῦται ἄνθρωπος ἀλλ᾿ ἡ ψυχὴ μόνη. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λαμβάνειν δεῖ τάχα μέν τι καὶ βαθύτερον τάχα δέ τι καὶ ἁπλούστερον, ὅτι χρὴ μὴ ξενίζεσθαι ταῖς περὶ τῶν τροφῶν καὶ ἐνδυμάτων τὴν ψυχὴν φροντίσιν, ἀλλ᾿ εὐτέλειαν ἀσκοῦντα πεπεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖσθαι, εἰ μόνων τις τῶν ἀναγκαίων φροντίζοι.

7.25 Chapter XXV

Celsus then extracts from the Gospel the precept, “To him who strikes thee once, thou shalt offer thyself to be struck again,” although without giving any passage from the Old Testament which he considers opposed to it. On the one hand, we know that “it was said to them in old time, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth;” and on the other, we have read, “I say unto you, Whoever shall smite thee on the one cheek, turn to him the other also.” But as there is reason to believe that Celsus produces the objections which he has heard from those who wish to make a difference between the God of the Gospel and the God of the law, we must say in reply, that this precept, “Whosoever shall strike thee on the one cheek, turn to him the other,” is not unknown in the older Scriptures. For thus, in the Lamentations of Jeremiah, it is said, “It is good for a man that he bear the yoke in his youth: he sitteth alone, and keepeth silence, because he hath borne it upon him. He giveth his cheek to him that smiteth him; he is filled full with reproach.” There is no discrepancy, then, between the God of the Gospel and the God of the law, even when we take literally the precept regarding the blow on the face. So, then, we infer that neither “Jesus nor Moses has taught falsely.” The Father in sending Jesus did not “forget the commands which He had given to Moses:” He did not “change His mind, condemn His own laws, and send by His messenger counter instructions.”

Ὁ μὲν οὖν Κέλσος, μὴ ἀντιπαραθεὶς τὰ δοκοῦντα ἐναντία ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, φησὶ καὶ τό· τῷ δ᾿ ἅπαξ τυπτήσαντι παρέχειν καὶ αὖθις τύπτειν. ἡμεῖς δ᾿ ἐροῦμεν εἰδέναι μὲν καὶ τὸ „ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος“ εἰρημένον τοῖς πάλαι ἀνεγνωκέναι δὲ καὶ τὸ „ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν“· „τῷ τύπτοντί σε εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην.“ ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ περιηχηθεὶς οἶμαι ὁ Κέλσος ἀπὸ τῶν διαιρούντων τὴν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον θεότητα ἐκ τῆς νομικῆς θεότητος τὰ τοιαῦτα τίθησι, λεκτέον πρὸς τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ὅτι οἶδε καὶ τὰ παλαιὰ γράμματα (τὸ) „τῷ τύπτοντί σε εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην.“ ἐν γοῦν τοῖς Ἱερεμίου Θρήνοις γέγραπται· „ἀγαθὸν ἀνδρὶ, ὅταν ἄρῃ ζυγὸν ἐν νεότητι αὐτοῦ, καθήσεται κατὰ μόνας καὶ σιωπήσεται, ὅτι ἦρεν ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ. δώσει τῷ παίοντι αὐτὸν σιαγόνα, καὶ χορτασθήσεται ὀνειδισμῶν.“ οὐκ ἀντιδιατάσσεται θεοῦ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῷ τοῦ νόμου θεῷ οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν κατὰ κόῤῥης πληγῆς· οὐδ᾿ ὁπότερος ψεύδεται, οὔτε Μωϋσῆς οὔτε Ἰησοῦς, οὐδ᾿ ὁ πατὴρ τὸν Ἰησοῦν πέμπων ἐπελάθετο, τίνα Μωϋσεῖ διετάξατο· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ καταγνοὺς τῶν ἰδίων νόμων μετέγνω καὶ τὸν ἄγγελον ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀποστέλλει.

7.26 Chapter XXVI

However, if we must refer briefly to the difference between the constitution which was given to the Jews of old by Moses, and that which the Christians, under the direction of Christ’s teaching, wish now to establish, we would observe that it must be impossible for the legislation of Moses, taken literally, to harmonize with the calling of the Gentiles, and with their subjection to the Roman government; and on the other hand, it would be impossible for the Jews to preserve their civil economy unchanged, supposing that they should embrace the Gospel. For Christians could not slay their enemies, or condemn to be burned or stoned, as Moses commands, those who had broken the law, and were therefore condemned as deserving of these punishments; since the Jews themselves, however desirous of carrying out their law, are not able to inflict these punishments. But in the case of the ancient Jews, who had a land and a form of government of their own, to take from them the right of making war upon their enemies, of fighting for their country, of putting to death or otherwise punishing adulterers, murderers, or others who were guilty of similar crimes, would be to subject them to sudden and utter destruction whenever the enemy fell upon them; for their very laws would in that case restrain them, and prevent them from resisting the enemy. And that same providence which of old gave the law, and has now given the Gospel of Jesus Christ, not wishing the Jewish state to continue longer, has destroyed their city and their temple: it has abolished the worship which was offered to God in that temple by the sacrifice of victims, and other ceremonies which He had prescribed. And as it has destroyed these things, not wishing that they should longer continue, in like manner it has extended day by day the Christian religion, so that it is now preached everywhere with boldness, and that in spite of the numerous obstacles which oppose the spread of Christ’s teaching in the world. But since it was the purpose of God that the nations should receive the benefits of Christ’s teaching, all the devices of men against Christians have been brought to nought; for the more that kings, and rulers, and peoples have persecuted them everywhere, the more have they increased in number and grown in strength.

Εἰ δὲ χρὴ κἂν ὀλίγα περὶ τῆς διαφόρου πολιτείας εἰπεῖν, ἥντινα Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ Μωϋσέα πρότερον ἐπολιτεύοντο, καὶ ἣν Χριστιανοὶ νῦν κατὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίαν βούλονται κατορθοῦν, φήσομεν ὅτι οὔτε τῇ κλήσει τῶν ἐθνῶν ἥρμοζε κατὰ τὸν Μωϋσέως ὡς πρὸς τὸ γράμμα πολιτεύεσθαι νόμον, ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις τεταγμένων, οὔτε τοῖς πάλαι Ἰουδαίοις οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν τὸ σύστημα τῆς πολιτείας ἔχειν ἀκαθαίρετον. εἰ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν τῇ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πολιτείᾳ ἐπείθοντο. ἀναιρέσει μὲν γὰρ πολεμίων ἢ τῶν παρὰ τὸν νόμον πεποιηκότων καὶ ἀξίων κριθέντων τῆς διὰ πυρὸς ἢ λίθων ἀναιρέσεως οὐχ οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν Χριστιανοὺς χρῆσθαι κατὰ τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον. εἴ γε οὐδ᾿ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι θέλοντες κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνον δύνανται ταῦτα, ὡς ὁ νόμος προσέταξεν. ἐπιτελεῖν. πάλιν τε αὖ ἐὰν ἀνέλῃς ἀπὸ τῶν τότε Ἰουδαίων. σύστημα ἴδιον πολιτείας καὶ χώρας ἐχόντων, τὸ ἐπεξιέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ στρατεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν πατρίων καὶ ἀναιρεῖν ἢ ὅπως ποτὲ κολάζειν τοὺς μοιχεύσαντας ἢ φονεύσαντας ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτοις παραπλησίων πεποιηκότας, οὐδὲν λείπεται ἢ τὸ ἄρδην αὐτοὺς ἀθρόως ἀθρόως ἀπολέσθαι. ἐπιτιθεμένων τῶν πολεμίων τῷ ἔθνει, ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου νόμου ἐκνενευρισμένων καὶ κωλυομένων ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους. καὶ μὴ βουλομένη γε ἡ πάλαι μὲν τὸν νόμον δεδωκυῖα πρόνοια νῦν δὲ τὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐαγγέλιον κρατεῖν ἔτι τὰ Ἰουδαίων καθεῖλεν αὐτῶν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῷ ναῷ διὰ θυσιῶν καὶ τῆς ἀναγεγραμμένης λατρείας θεραπείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. ὥσπερ δ᾿ ἐκεῖνα μὴ βουλομένη ἐπιτελεῖσθαι ἔτι καθεῖλε, τὸν τρόπον τὸν αὐτὸν τὰ Χριστιανῶν ηὔξησε καὶ ὁσημέραι εἰς πλῆθος ἤδη δὲ καὶ παῤῥησίαν ἐπιδέδωκε. καίτοι γε μυρίων ὅσων κωλυμάτων γενομένων πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπισπαρῆναι τὴν Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίαν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ βουλόμενος καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὠφεληθῆναι διὰ τῆς Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας, πᾶσα μὲν ἀνθρωπίνη βουλὴ κατὰ Χριστιανῶν καθῃρέθη, ὅσῳ (δ᾿) αὐτοὺς ἐταπείνουν βασιλεῖς καὶ ἐθνῶν ἡγούμενοι καὶ δῆμοι πανταχοῦ, τοσούτῳ πλείους ἐγίνοντο „καὶ κατίσχυον σφόδρα σφόδρα.“

7.27 Chapter XXVII

After this Celsus relates at length opinions which he ascribes to us, but which we do not hold, regarding the Divine Being, to the effect that “he is corporeal in his nature, and possesses a body like a man.” As he undertakes to refute opinions which are none of ours, it would be needless to give either the opinions themselves or their refutation. Indeed, if we did hold those views of God which he ascribes to us, and which he opposes, we would be bound to quote his words, to adduce our own arguments, and to refute his. But if he brings forward opinions which he has either heard from no one, or if it be assumed that he has heard them, it must have been from those who are very simple and ignorant of the meaning of Scripture, then we need not undertake so superfluous a task as that of refuting them. For the Scriptures plainly speak of God as of a being without body. Hence it is said, “No man hath seen God at any time;” and the First-born of all creation is called “the image of the invisible God,” which is the same as if it were said that He is incorporeal. However, we have already said something on the nature of God while examining into the meaning of the words, “God is a Spirit, and they who worship Him must worship Him in spirit and in truth.”

Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ὁ Κέλσος διὰ πλειόνων τὰ μὴ λεγόμενα ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν τιθεὶς ὡς λεγόμενα ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς σώματος τῇ φύσει τυγχάνοντος καὶ ἀνθρωποειδοῦς σώματος, ἀνατρέπειν ἐθέλει τὰ μὴ τεθειμένα ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν, ἅπερ περισσὸν παραθέσθαι ἢ τὴν ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἃ λέγει ἡμᾶς φάσκειν περὶ θεοῦ ἐλέγομεν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ ἵστατο, ἀναγκαῖον ην ἡμῖν τὸ τιθέναι τὰς λέξεις αὐτοῦ καὶ κατασκευάζειν μὲν τὰ ἡμέτερα λύειν δὲ τὰ ἐκείνου· εἰ δ᾿ ἑαυτῷ συνείρει ἃ ἤτοι ἀπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἤκουσεν ἢ, ἵνα καὶ δοθῇ ὅτι ἤκουσεν, ἀπό τινων ἁπλῶν καὶ ἀκεραίων καὶ μὴ εἰδότων τὸ τοῦ λόγου βούλημα, οὐ χρὴ ἡμᾶς τευτάζειν περὶ τὰ μὴ ἀναγκαῖα. σαφῶς γὰρ ἀσώματόν φασιν οἱ λόγοι τὸν θεόν· διὸ καὶ „θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακε πώποτε,“ καὶ „εἰκὼν“ λέγεται εἶναι „τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὁ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως,“ ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν ἀσωμάτου. μετρίως δ᾿ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων καὶ περὶ θεοῦ διειλήφαμεν ἐξετάζοντες, πῶς νοοῦμεν τὸ „πνεῦμα ὁ θεὸς, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν.“

7.28 Chapter XXVIII

After thus misrepresenting our views of the nature of God, Celsus goes on to ask of us “where we hope to go after death;” and he makes our answer to be, “to another land better than this.” On this he comments as follows: “The divine men of a former age have spoken of a happy life reserved for the souls of the blessed. Some designated it ‘the isles of the blest,’ and others ‘the Elysian plain,’ so called because they were there to be delivered from their present evils. Thus Homer says: ‘But the gods shall send thee to the Elysian plain, on the borders of the earth, where they lead a most quiet life.’ Plato also, who believed in the immortality of the soul, distinctly gives the name ‘land’ to the place where it is sent. ‘The extent of it,’ says he, ‘is immense, and we only occupy a small portion of it, from the Phasis to the Pillars of Hercules, where we dwell along the shores of the sea, as grasshoppers and frogs beside a marsh. But there are many other places inhabited in like manner by other men. For there are in different parts of the earth cavities, varying in form and in magnitude, into which run water, and clouds, and air. But that land which is pure lies in the pure region of heaven.’” Celsus therefore supposes that what we say of a land which is much better and more excellent than this, has been borrowed from certain ancient writers whom he styles “divine,” and chiefly from Plato, who in his Phædon discourses on the pure land lying in a pure heaven. But he does not see that Moses, who is much older than the Greek literature, introduces God as promising to those who lived according to His law the holy land, which is “a good land and a large, a land flowing with milk and honey;” which promise is not to be understood to refer, as some suppose, to that part of the earth which we call Judea; for it, however good it may be, still forms part of the earth, which was originally cursed for the transgression of Adam. For these words, “Cursed shall the ground be for what thou hast done; with grief, that is, with labour, shalt thou eat of the fruit of it all the days of thy life,” were spoken of the whole earth, the fruit of which every man who died in Adam eats with sorrow or labour all the days of his life. And as all the earth has been cursed, it brings forth thorns and briers all the days of the life of those who in Adam were driven out of paradise; and in the sweat of his face every man eats bread until he returns to the ground from which he was taken. For the full exposition of all that is contained in this passage much might be said; but we have confined ourselves to these few words at present, which are intended to remove the idea, that what is said of the good land promised by God to the righteous, refers to the land of Judea.

Μετὰ (δὲ) τὰ περὶ θεοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἡμᾶς συκοφαντεῖ, πυνθάνεται ἡμῶν· ποῖ ἀπεῖναι μέλλομεν; καὶ τίνα ἐλπίδα ἔχομεν; καὶ ὡς ἀποκριναμένων, τίθησι δῆθεν ἡμετέρας φωνὰς οὕτως ἐχούσας· εἰς ἄλλην γῆν, ταύτης κρείττονα. καὶ πρὸς τοῦτό φησιν· ἱστόρηται θείοις ἀνδράσι παλαιοῖς εὐδαίμων βίος ψυχαῖς εὐδαίμοσιν· ὠνόμασαν δὲ [οἱ δὲ] οἱ μὲν μακάρων νήσους. οἱ δὲ „Ἠλύσιον πεδίον“ ἀπὸ τῆς λύσεως τῶν ἔνθεν κακῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ Ὅμηρος· ἀλλά σ᾿ ἐς Ἠλύσιον πεδίον καὶ πείρατα γαίης ἀθάνατοι πέμψουσι, τῇ περ ῥηίστη βιοτή. Πλάτων δὲ ἀθάνατον τὴν ψυχὴν ἡγούμενος ἐκείνην τὴν χώραν, ἔνθα στέλλεται, ἄντικρυς „γῆν“ ὠνόμασεν οὕτως· „πάμμεγά τι εἶναι“ φήσας „αὐτὸ, καὶ ἡμᾶς οἰκεῖν τοὺς μέχρι Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν ἀπὸ Φάσιδος ἐν σμικρῷ τινι μορίῳ. ὥσπερ περὶ τέλμα μύρμηκας ἢ βατράχους περὶ τὴν θάλασσαν οἰκοῦντας, καὶ ἄλλους ἄλλοθι πολλοὺς ἐν (πολλοῖς) τοιούτοις τόποις οἰκεῖν. εἶναι γὰρ πανταχῇ περὶ τὴν γῆν πολλὰ κοῖλα καὶ παντοδαπὰ καὶ τὰς ἰδέας καὶ τὰ μεγέθη, εἰς ἃ συνεῤῥυηκέναι τό τε ὕδωρ καὶ τὴν ὁμίχλην καὶ τὸν ἀέρα· αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν γῆν καθαρὰν ἐν καθαρῷ κεῖσθαι τῷ οὐρανῷ.“

ὑπολαμβάνει τοίνυν ὁ Κέλσος τὰ περὶ τῆς ἄλλης γῆς κρείττονος καὶ πολλῷ ταύτης διαφερούσης εἰληφέναι ἡμᾶς ἀπό τινων νομιζομένων αὐτῷ θείων παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ μάλιστα Πλάτωνος, τοῦ ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι περὶ γῆς καθαρᾶς ἐν καθαρῷ κειμένης οὐρανῷ φιλοσοφήσαντος· οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι Μωϋσῆς, ὁ πολλῷ καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν γραμμάτων ἀρχαιότερος, εἰσήγαγε τὸν θεὸν ἐπαγγελλόμενον τὴν ἁγίαν γῆν καὶ „ἀγαθὴν καὶ πολλὴν, ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι“ τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἑαυτοῦ βιώσασιν, οὐδ᾿ ὡς οἴονταί τινες τὴν „ἀγαθὴν,“ τὴν κάτω νομιζομένην Ἰουδαίαν, κειμένην καὶ αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῆθεν κατηραμένῃ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ Ἀδὰμ γῇ. τὸ γὰρ „ἐπικατάρατος ἡ γῆ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις σου· ἐν λύπαις φαγῇ αὐτὴν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου“ περὶ ὅλης εἴρηται τῆς γῆς, ἣν „ἐν λύπαις,“ τουτέστι πόνοις, ἐσθίει πᾶς ἄνθρωπος „ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ“ ἀποθανὼν, καὶ ἐσθίει „πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς“ ἑαυτοῦ „ζωῆς.“ καὶ ὡς „ἐπικατάρατος“ πᾶσα ἡ γῆ „ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἀνατελεῖ“ „πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς“ τοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἐκβληθέντος ἀπὸ τοῦ παραδείσου, καὶ „ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου“ ἑαυτοῦ ἐσθίει πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄρτον. „ἕως ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἐξ ἧς ἐλήφθη.“ πολὺν μὲν οὖν ἔχει λόγον ὅλα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, δυνάμενον εἰς τὴν σαφήνειαν τῶν λέξεων κατασκευασθῆναι· ὀλίγοις δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἠρκέσθημεν, βουλόμενοι ἀπολῦσαι περισπασμοῦ, τοῦ ὡς περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας γῆς ὑπολαμβάνοντος εἰρῆσθαι τὰ περὶ ἀγαθῆς γῆς. ἣν ὁ θεὸς ὑπισχνεῖται τοῖς δικαίοις.

7.29 Chapter XXIX

If, then, the whole earth has been cursed in the deeds of Adam and of those who died in him, it is plain that all parts of the earth share in the curse, and among others the land of Judea; so that the words, “a good land and a large, a land flowing with milk and honey, cannot apply to it, although we may say of it, that both Judea and Jerusalem were the shadow and figure of that pure land, goodly and large, in the pure region of heaven, in which is the heavenly Jerusalem. And it is in reference to this Jerusalem that the apostle spoke, as one who, “being risen with Christ, and seeking those things which are above,” had found a truth which formed no part of the Jewish mythology. “Ye are come,” says he, “unto Mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels.” And in order to be assured that our explanation of “the good and large land” of Moses is not contrary to the intention of the Divine Spirit, we have only to read in all the prophets what they say of those who, after having left Jerusalem, and wandered astray from it, should afterwards return and be settled in the place which is called the habitation and city of God, as in the words, “His dwelling is in the holy place;” and, “Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised in the city of our God, in the mountain of His holiness, beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth.” It is enough at present to quote the words of the thirty-seventh Psalm, which speaks thus of the land of the righteous, “Those that wait upon the Lord they shall inherit the earth;” and a little after, “But the meek shall inherit the earth, and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace;” and again, “Those who bless Him shall inherit the earth;” and, “The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein for ever.” And consider whether it is not evident to intelligent readers that the following words from this same Psalm refer to the pure land in the pure heaven: “Wait on the Lord, and keep His way; and He shall exalt thee to inherit the land.”

Εἴπερ οὖν „ἡ“ πᾶσα „γῆ“ αὐτὴ „ἐπικατάρατος ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις“ ἐστὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποθανόντων, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πάντα τὰ μόρια αὐτῆς μετέχει τῆς ἀρᾶς. ἐν οἷς ἐστι καὶ ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ· ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι ἐφαρμόζειν αὐτῇ τὸ „εἰς γῆν ἀγαθὴν καὶ πολλὴν. εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι,“ κἂν συμβολικῶς σκιὰ εἶναι ἀποδεικνύηται ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ ἡ Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῆς καθαρᾶς ἐν καθαρῷ κειμένης οὐρανῷ γῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ πολλῆς, ἐν ᾗ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπουράνιος Ἱερουσαλήμ· περὶ ἧς διαλαβὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ὡς συνεγερθεὶς „Χριστῷ“ καὶ „τὰ ἄνω“ ζητῶν καὶ νοῦν εὑρὼν οὐδεμιᾶς ἐχόμενον Ἰουδαϊκῆς μυθολογίας φησίν· „ἀλλὰ προσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει.“

ἵνα δέ τις πεισθῇ μὴ παρὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θείου πνεύματος ἡμᾶς λέγειν περὶ τῆς παρὰ Μωϋσεῖ γῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ πολλῆς, ἐπιστησάτω πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς προφήταις, διδάσκουσι τὴν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐπάνοδον τῶν πεπλανημένων καὶ ἀποπεπτωκότων ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀποκαθισταμένων εἰς τὸν καλούμενον τόπον καὶ πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ παρὰ τῷ εἰπόντι ὅτι „ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἁγίᾳ ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ,“ λέγοντι δὲ καὶ τό· „μέγας ὁ κύριος καὶ αἰνετὸς σφόδρα ἐν πόλει τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ὄρει ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ, εὐρίζονι ἀγαλλιάματι πάσης τῆς γῆς.“

ἀρκεῖ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος παραθέσθαι τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ τριακοστοῦ καὶ ἕκτου ψαλμοῦ, οὕτως ἔχοντα περὶ τῆς τῶν δικαίων γῆς· „οἱ δ᾿ ὑπομένοντες (τὸν) κύριον αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι γῆν“ καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγα· „οἱ δὲ πραεῖς κληρονομήσουσι γῆν καὶ κατατρυφήσουσιν ἐπὶ πλήθει εἰρήνης“ καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγα· „οἱ εὐλογοῦντες αὐτὸν κληρονομήσουσι γῆν“ καὶ πάλιν· „οἱ δίκαιοι κληρονομήσουσι γῆν καὶ κατασκηνώσουσιν εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς.“ ὅρα δ᾿ εἰ μὴ τὸ καθαρὰν εἶναι ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ οὐρανῷ τὴν γῆν δηλοῦται τοῖς ἀκούειν δυναμένοις τῶν οὕτως εἰρημένων ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ψαλμῷ· „ὑπόμεινον τὸν κύριον καὶ φύλαξον τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὑψώσει σε τοῦ κατακληρονομῆσαι γῆν.“

7.30 Chapter XXX

It seems to me also that the fancy of Plato, that those stones which we call precious stones derive their lustre from a reflection, as it were, of the stones in that better land, is taken from the words of Isaiah in describing the city of God, “I will make thy battlements of jasper, thy stones shall be crystal, and thy borders of precious stones;” and, “I will lay thy foundations with sapphires.” Those who hold in greatest reverence the teaching of Plato, explain this myth of his as an allegory. And the prophecies from which, as we conjecture, Plato has borrowed, will be explained by those who, leading a godly life like that of the prophets, devote all their time to the study of the sacred Scriptures, to those who are qualified to learn by purity of life, and their desire to advance in divine knowledge. For our part, our purpose has been simply to say that what we affirm of that sacred land has not been taken from Plato or any of the Greeks, but that they rather—living as they did not only after Moses, who was the oldest, but even after most of the prophets—borrowed from them, and in so doing either misunderstood their obscure intimations on such subjects, or else endeavoured, in their allusions to the better land, to imitate those portions of Scripture which had fallen into their hands. Haggai expressly makes a distinction between the earth and the dry land, meaning by the latter the land in which we live. He says: “Yet once, and I will shake the heavens, and the earth, and the dry land, and the sea.”

Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν τῇδε τιμίων εἶναι νομιζομένων λίθων, ἀποῤῥοήν τινα λεγομένων ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ κρείττονι γῇ λίθων, εἰλῆφθαι τῷ Πλάτωνι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ ἀναγεγραμμένων περὶ τῆς πόλεως τοῦ θεοῦ. περὶ ἧς γέγραπται· „θήσω τὰς ἐπάλξεις σου ἴασπιν καὶ τοὺς λίθους σου λίθους κρυστάλλου καὶ τὸν περίβολόν σου λίθους ἐκλεκτοὺς“ καὶ πάλιν· „θήσω τὰ θεμέλιά σου σάπφειρον.“ τὸν μὲν οὖν παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἀλληγοροῦντες μῦθον οἱ σεμνότερον τὰ τοῦ φιλοσόφου ἐξειληφότες διηγοῦνται. τὰς δὲ προφητείας. ἀφ᾿ ὧν στοχαζόμεθα καὶ τὸν Πλάτωνα εἰληφέναι, οἱ συγγενῶς τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ἐνθέως βιώσαντες καὶ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀναθέντες τῇ ἐξετάσει τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις διὰ βίου καθαρότητα καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ θεῖα φιλομάθειαν παραστήσουσιν.

ἡμῖν δὲ προκείμενον ἦν δεῖξαι ὅτι ἡμεῖς μὲν οὐκ ἀπὸ Ἑλλήνων ἢ Πλάτωνος τὰ περὶ τῆς ἁγίας γῆς εἰλήφαμεν· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ, νεώτεροι γενόμενοι οὐ μόνον τοῦ ἀρχαιοτάτου Μω(??)σέως ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλείστων προφητῶν. ἤτοι παρακηκόασί τινων αἰνισσομένων περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἢ καὶ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἐντυχόντες γραφαῖς παραποιήσαντες αὐτὰ τοιαῦτά τινα περὶ τῆς κρείττονος εἰρήκασι γῆς. σαφῶς δ᾿ ὁ Ἀγγαῖος παρίστησιν ἄλλο μὲν εἶναι „τὴν ξηρὰν“ ἄλλο δὲ „τὴν γῆν,“ ξηρὰν καλῶν ταύτην, ἐφ᾿ ᾗ ἐσμεν. λέγει δὲ οὕτως· „ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ (τὴν) γῆν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν.“

7.31 Chapter XXXI

Referring to the passage in the Phædon of Plato, Celsus says: “It is not easy for every one to understand the meaning of Plato’s words, when he says that on account of our weakness and slowness we are unable to reach the highest region of the air; but that if our nature were capable of so sublime a contemplation, we would then be able to understand that that is the true heaven, and that the true light.” As Celsus has deferred to another opportunity the explanation of Plato’s idea, we also think that it does not fall within our purpose at present to enter into any full description of that holy and good land, and of the city of God which is in it; but reserve the consideration of it for our Commentary on the Prophets, having already in part, according to our power, treated of the city of God in our remarks on the forty-sixth and forty-eighth Psalms. The writings of Moses and the prophets—the most ancient of all books—teach us that all things here on earth which are in common use among men, have other things corresponding to them in name which are alone real. Thus, for instance, there is the true light, and another heaven beyond the firmament, and a Sun of righteousness other than the sun we see. In a word, to distinguish those things from the objects of sense, which have no true reality, they say of God that “His works are truth;” thus making a distinction between the works of God and the works of God’s hands, which latter are of an inferior sort. Accordingly, God in Isaiah complains of men, that “they regard not the works of the Lord, nor consider the operation of His hands.” But enough on this point.

Ὥσπερ δὲ αὐτὸς τὴν διήγησιν ἀνατίθεται τοῦ παρὰ Πλάτωνι μύθου, κειμένου (ἐν) τῷ Φαίδωνι. λέγων τάδε· τί δὲ διὰ τούτων ἐμφανίζει, οὐ παντὶ γνῶναι ῥᾴδιον· εἰ μὴ ὅστις ἐπαΐειν δύναιτο, τί ποτ᾿ ἐστὶν ἐκεῖνο ὅ φησιν· „ὑπ᾿ ἀσθενείας καὶ βραδυτῆτος οὐχ οἱους τε εἶναι διεξελθεῖν ἐπ᾿ ἔσχατον τὸν ἀέρα“· „καὶ εἰ ἡ φύσις ἱκανὴ εἴη ἀνασχέσθαι θεωροῦσα, γνῶναι ἂν ὅτι ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθῶς οὐρανὸς καὶ τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς“· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ περὶ τῆς ἁγίας καὶ ἀγαθῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ πόλεως τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν νομίζοντες εἶναι πραγματείαν σαφηνίσαι ὑπερτιθέμεθα εἰς τὰ ἐξηγητικὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ μέρους κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν διηγησάμενοι περὶ πόλεως θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς πραγματευθεῖσιν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸν τεσσαρακοστὸν καὶ πέμπτον ψαλμὸν καὶ τὸν τεσσαρακοστὸν καὶ ἕβδομον ψαλμόν. οἶδε δὲ ὁ ἀρχαιότατος Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν λόγος τὰ ἀληθινὰ πάντα ὁμώνυμα τοῖς τῇδε καθολικωτέροις, οἷον „ἀληθινὸν φῶς“ καὶ „οὐρανὸν“ ἕτερον παρὰ „τὸ στερέωμα“ καὶ τὸν „τῆς δικαιοσύνης“ ἥλιον ἄλλον παρὰ τὸν αἰσθητόν. καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς δέ φησιν [ὅτι] πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ὧν οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀληθινὸν, τό· „θεὸς, ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ,“ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλων μὲν τάσσων τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ἡττόνων δὲ τὰ λεγόμενα „ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν“ αὐτοῦ. μεμφόμενος γοῦν τισι διὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου φησί· „τὰ ἔργα κυρίου οὐκ ἐμβλέπουσι καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ οὐ κατανοοῦσι.“ καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον.

7.32 Chapter XXXII

Celsus next assails the doctrine of the resurrection, which is a high and difficult doctrine, and one which more than others requires a high and advanced degree of wisdom to set forth how worthy it is of God; and how sublime a truth it is which teaches us that there is a seminal principle lodged in that which Scripture speaks of as the “tabernacle” of the soul, in which the righteous “do groan, being burdened, not for that they would be unclothed, but clothed upon.” Celsus ridicules this doctrine because he does not understand it, and because he has learnt it from ignorant persons, who were unable to support it on any reasonable grounds. It will be profitable, therefore, that in addition to what we have said above, we should make this one remark. Our teaching on the subject of the resurrection is not, as Celsus imagines, derived from anything that we have heard on the doctrine of metempsychosis; but we know that the soul, which is immaterial and invisible in its nature, exists in no material place, without having a body suited to the nature of that place. Accordingly, it at one time puts off one body which was necessary before, but which is no longer adequate in its changed state, and it exchanges it for a second; and at another time it assumes another in addition to the former, which is needed as a better covering, suited to the purer ethereal regions of heaven. When it comes into the world at birth, it casts off the integuments which it needed in the womb; and before doing this, it puts on another body suited for its life upon earth. Then, again, as there is “a tabernacle” and “an earthly house” which is in some sort necessary for this tabernacle, Scripture teaches us that “the earthly house of this tabernacle shall be dissolved,” but that the tabernacle shall “be clothed upon with a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens.” The men of God say also that “the corruptible shall put on incorruption,” which is a different thing from “the incorruptible;” and “the mortal shall put on immortality,” which is different from “the immortal.” Indeed, what “wisdom” is to “the wise,” and “justice” to “the just,” and “peace” to “the peaceable,” the same relation does “incorruption” hold to “the incorruptible,” and “immortality” to “the immortal.” Behold, then, to what a prospect Scripture encourages us to look, when it speaks to us of being clothed with incorruption and immortality, which are, as it were, vestments which will not suffer those who are covered with them to come to corruption or death. Thus far I have taken the liberty of referring to this subject, in answer to one who assails the doctrine of the resurrection without understanding it, and who, simply because he knew nothing about it, made it the object of contempt and ridicule.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγον (πολὺν ὄντα καὶ δυσερμήνευτον καὶ δεόμενον σοφοῦ εἴπερ τι ἄλλο τῶν δογμάτων καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διαβεβηκότος, ἵνα τὸ ἄξιον τοῦ θεοῦ παραστήσῃ καὶ τὸ μεγαλοφυὲς τοῦ δόγματος, διδάσκοντος λόγον ἔχειν σπέρματος τὸ καλούμενον κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς σκῆνος τῖς ψυχῆς, ἐν ᾧ „οἱ“ δίκαιοι „ὄντες“ στενάζουσι „βαρούμενοι,“ μὴ θέλοντες αὐτὸ „ἐκδύσασθαι ἀλλ᾿ ἐπενδύσασθαι“) μὴ νοήσας ὁ Κέλσος τῷ ἀπὸ ἰδιωτῶν καὶ μηδενὶ λόγῳ παραστῆσαι δυναμένων ἀκηκοέναι περὶ αὐτοῦ χλευάζει τὸ λεγόμενον, χρήσιμον πρὸς τοῖς ἀνωτέρω εἰρημένοις ἡμῖν περὶ τούτου τοῦτο μόνον ὑποσημειώσασθαι πρὸς τὸν λόγον, ὅτι οὐχ, ὡς οἴεται Κέλσος, τῆς μετενσωματώσεως παρακούσαντες τὰ περὶ ἀναστάσεώς φαμεν ἀλλ᾿ εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ τῇ ἑαυτῆς φύσει ἀσώματος καὶ ἀόρατος ψυχὴ ἐν παντὶ σωματικῷ τόπῳ τυγχάνουσα δέεται σώματος οἰκείου τῇ φύσει τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ· ὅπερ ὅπου μὲν φορεῖ ἀπεκδυσαμένη (τὸ) πρότερον ἀναγκαῖον μὲν περισσὸν δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὰ δεύτερα. ὅπου δὲ ἐπενδυσαμένη ᾧ πρότερον εἶχε, δεομένη κρείττονος ἐνδύματος εἰς τοὺς καθαρωτέρους καὶ αἰθερίους καὶ οὐρανίους τόπους. καὶ ἀπεξεδύσατο μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν τῇδε γένεσιν ἐρχομένη τὸ χρήσιμον πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῇ ὑστέρᾳ τῆς κυούσης, ἕως ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ, χορίον· ἐνεδύσατο δὲ ὑπ᾿ ἐκεῖνο ὃ ἦν ἀναγκαῖον τῷ ἐπὶ γῆς μέλλοντι διαζῆν.

εἶτα πάλιν ὄντος τινὸς „σκήνους“ ἐπιγείου οἰκίας, ἀναγκαίας που τῷ σκήνει, καὶ καταλύεσθαι μέν φασιν οἱ λόγοι τὴν ἐπίγειον οἰκίαν „τοῦ σκήνους“ τὸ δὲ σκῆνος ἐπενδύσασθαι „οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.“ λέγουσι δὲ οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι „τὸ“ μὲν „φθαρτὸν ἐνδύσασθαι αὐτὸ ἀφθαρσίαν,“ τὴν διαφέρουσαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτον, „τὸ“ δὲ „θνητὸν ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν,“ ἕτερον τυγχάνον τοῦ ἀθανάτου. ὃν γὰρ λόγον ἔχει σοφία πρὸς τὸ σοφὸν καὶ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς τὸ δίκαιον καὶ εἰρήνη πρὸς τὸ εἰρηνικὸν, τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἀφθαρσία μὲν πρὸς ἄφθαρτον ἀθανασία δὲ πρὸς ἀθάνατον. ὅρα οὖν ἐφ᾿ οἷα προτρέπει ὁ λόγος, „ἐνδύσασθαι“ λέγων τὴν „ἀφθαρσίαν“ καὶ τὴν „ἀθανασίαν,“ ἅτινα ὡς ἐνδύματα τῷ ἐνδυσαμένῳ καὶ περιεχομένῳ τῶν τοιούτων ἐνδυμάτων οὐκ ἐᾷ φθαρῆναι ἢ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν περικείμενον αὐτά. καὶ ταῦτα δ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀποτετολμήσθω διὰ τὸν μὴ νοήσαντα ὅ τι ποτὲ λέγομεν τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γελῶντα καὶ χλευάζοντα ὃν οὐκ οἶδε λόγον.

7.33 Chapter XXXIII

As Celsus supposes that we uphold the doctrine of the resurrection in order that we may see and know God, he thus follows out his notions on the subject: “After they have been utterly refuted and vanquished, they still, as if regardless of all objections, come back again to the same question, ‘How then shall we see and know God? how shall we go to Him?’” Let any, however, who are disposed to hear us observe, that if we have need of a body for other purposes, as for occupying a material locality to which this body must be adapted, and if on that account the “tabernacle” is clothed in the way we have shown, we have no need of a body in order to know God. For that which sees God is not the eye of the body; it is the mind which is made in the image of the Creator, and which God has in His providence rendered capable of that knowledge. To see God belongs to the pure heart, out of which no longer proceed “evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies, the evil eye,” or any other evil thing. Wherefore it is said, “Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.” But as the strength of our will is not sufficient to procure the perfectly pure heart, and as we need that God should create it, he therefore who prays as he ought, offers this petition to God, “Create in me a clean heart, O God.”

Οἰόμενος δ᾿ ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸ γνῶναι καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν θεὸν πρεσβεύειν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως συνείρει ἑαυτῷ ἃ βούλεται καὶ τοιαῦτά φησιν· ὅταν δὴ πάντοθεν ἐξείργωνται καὶ διελέγχωνται, πάλιν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀκηκοότες ἐπανίασιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐρώτημα· πῶς οὖν γνῶμεν καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸν θεόν; καὶ πῶς ἴωμεν πρὸς αὐτόν; ἴστω οὖν ὁ βουλόμενος ὅτι, κἂν εἰς ἄλλα δεώμεθα σώματος τῷ ἐν τόπῳ σωματικῷ τυγχάνειν, καὶ τοιούτου, ὁποία ἐστὶν ἡ φύσις τοῦ σωματικοῦ τόπου, καὶ δεόμενοι τοῦ σώματος ἐπενδυώμεθα τῷ σκήνει τὰ προειρημένα, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς γνῶσίν γε θεοῦ σώματος οὐδαμῶς χρῄζομεν. τὸ γὰρ γινῶσκον θεὸν οὐκ ὀφθαλμός ἐστι σώματος ἀλλὰ νοῦς, ὁρῶν τὸ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα“ τοῦ κτίσαντος καὶ τὸ δυνάμενον γινώσκειν θεὸν προνοίᾳ θεοῦ ἀνειληφώς. καὶ τὸ ὁρῶν δὲ θεὸν καθαρά ἐστι καρδία, ἀφ᾿ ἧς οὐκέτι „ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροὶ,“ οὐ „φόνοι,“ οὐ „μοιχεῖαι,“ οὐ „πορνεῖαι,“ οὐ „κλοπαὶ,“ οὐ „ψευδομαρτυρίαι,“ οὐ „βλασφημίαι,“ οὐκ „ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρὸς“ οὐδ᾿ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀτόπων· δι᾿ ἃ λέγεται· „μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται.“ ἐπεὶ δ᾿ οὐκ αὐτάρκης ἡ ἡμετέρα προαίρεσις πρὸς τὸ πάντῃ „καθαρὰν“ ἔχειν τὴν „καρδίαν,“ ἀλλὰ θεοῦ ἡμῖν δεῖ, κτίζοντος αὐτὴν τοιαύτην, διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπιστημόνως εὐχομένου· „καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ θεός.“

7.34 Chapter XXXIV

And we do not ask the question, “How shall we go to God?” as though we thought that God existed in some place. God is of too excellent a nature for any place: He holds all things in His power, and is Himself not confined by anything whatever. The precept, therefore, “Thou shalt walk after the Lord thy God,” does not command a bodily approach to God; neither does the prophet refer to physical nearness to God, when he says in his prayer, “My soul followeth hard after Thee.” Celsus therefore misrepresents us, when he says that we expect to see God with our bodily eyes, to hear Him with our ears, and to touch Him sensibly with our hands. We know that the holy Scriptures make mention of eyes, of ears, and of hands, which have nothing but the name in common with the bodily organs; and what is more wonderful, they speak of a diviner sense, which is very different from the senses as commonly spoken of. For when the prophet says, “Open Thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of thy law,” or, “the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes,” or, “Lighten mine eyes, lest I sleep the sleep of death,” no one is so foolish as to suppose that the eyes of the body behold the wonders of the divine law, or that the law of the Lord gives light to the bodily eyes, or that the sleep of death falls on the eyes of the body. When our Saviour says, “He that hath ears to hear, let him hear,” any one will understand that the ears spoken of are of a diviner kind. When it is said that the word of the Lord was “in the hand” of Jeremiah or of some other prophet; or when the expression is used, “the law by the hand of Moses,” or, “I sought the Lord with my hands, and was not deceived,”—no one is so foolish as not to see that the word “hands” is taken figuratively, as when John says, “Our hands have handled the Word of life.” And if you wish further to learn from the sacred writings that there is a diviner sense than the senses of the body, you have only to hear what Solomon says, “Thou shalt find a divine sense.”

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὡς ἐν τόπῳ ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ πευσόμεθά τινος καὶ ἐροῦμεν· πῶς ἴωμεν πρὸς αὐτόν; κρείττων γὰρ ὁ θεὸς παντὸς τόπου καὶ περιεκτικὸς παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν, καὶ οὐδέν ἐστι τὸ περιέχον τὸν θεόν. τὸ ἰέναι οὖν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν οὐ σωματικῶς προστέτακται ἡμῖν, τὸ „ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ,“ οὐδὲ σωματικῶς ὁ προφήτης κολληθεὶς τῷ θεῷ φησιν ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ· „ἐκολλήθη ὀπίσω σου ἡ ψυχή μου.“ καταψεύδεται οὖν ἡμῶν Κέλσος λέγων προσδέχεσθαι ἡμᾶς ὀφθαλμοῖς σώματος θεὸν ὄψεσθαι καὶ ὠσὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούεσθαι καὶ χερσὶν αἰσθηταῖς ψαύειν αὐτοῦ. οἴδαμεν δὲ ὁμωνύμως τοῖς σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς λεγομένους ὑπὸ τῶν θείων λόγων ὀφθαλμοὺς, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ ὦτα καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὸ τούτων παραδοξότερον, αἴσθησιν θειοτέραν καὶ ἑτεροίαν παρὰ τὴν συνήθως ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ὀνομαζομένην. ἐπὰν γὰρ λέγῃ ὁ προφήτης· „ἀποκάλυψον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, καὶ κατανοήσω τὰ θαυμάσιά σου ἐκ τοῦ νόμου (σου“ ἤ·) „ἡ ἐντολὴ κυρίου τηλαυγὴς, φωτίζουσα ὀφθαλμοὺς,“ ἤ· „φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, μή ποτε ὑπνώσω εἰς θάνατον,“ οὐχ οὕτως τις ἐμβρόντητός ἐστιν, ὡς νομίζειν ὀφθαλμοῖς σώματος κατανοεῖσθαι „τὰ θαυμάσια“ τοῦ θείου „νόμου,“ ἢ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου ἐντολὴν φωτιστικὴν εἶναι τῶν τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμῶν, ἢ ὕπνον θανάτου ἐποιστικὸν συμβαίνειν περὶ τοὺς τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμούς.

ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὰν λέγῃ ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν· „ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω,“ καὶ ὁ τυχὼν συνίησι περὶ θειοτέρων ταῦτα λέγεσθαι ὤτων, κἂν λέγηται „λόγος κυρίου“ γεγονέναι ἐν χειρὶ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς, ἢ νόμος „ἐν χειρὶ“ Μωϋσέως, ἢ ὅτι „ταῖς χερσί μου ἐζήτησα τὸν θεὸν καὶ οὐκ ἠπατήθην,“ οὐχ οὕτως ἐστί τις ἀνόητος, ὡς μὴ ἐκλαμβάνειν χεῖράς τινας εἶναι τροπικῶς καλουμένας, περὶ ὧν καὶ Ἰωάννης λέγει· „αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς,“ εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς κρείττονος αἰσθήσεως καὶ οὐ σωματικῆς βούλει ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων μαθεῖν, ἄκουσον Σολομῶντος ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις λέγοντος· „αἴσθησιν θείαν εὑρήσεις.“

7.35 Chapter XXXV

Seeking God, then, in this way, we have no need to visit the oracles of Trophonius, of Amphiaraus, and of Mopsus, to which Celsus would send us, assuring us that we would there “see the gods in human form, appearing to us with all distinctness, and without illusion.” For we know that these are demons, feeding on the blood, and smoke, and odour of victims, and shut up by their base desires in prisons, which the Greeks call temples of the gods, but which we know are only the dwellings of deceitful demons. To this Celsus maliciously adds, in regard to these gods which, according to him, are in human form, “they do not show themselves for once, or at intervals, like him who has deceived men, but they are ever open to intercourse with those who desire it.” From this remark, it would seem that Celsus supposes that the appearance of Christ to His disciples after His resurrection was like that of a spectre flitting before their eyes; whereas these gods, as he calls them, in human shape always present themselves to those who desire it. But how is it possible that a phantom which, as he describes it, flew past to deceive the beholders, could produce such effects after it had passed away, and could so turn the hearts of men as to lead them to regulate their actions according to the will of God, as in view of being hereafter judged by Him? And how could a phantom drive away demons, and show other indisputable evidences of power, and that not in any one place, like these so-called gods in human form, but making its divine power felt through the whole world, in drawing and congregating together all who are found disposed to lead a good and noble life?

Οὐ χρεία τοίνυν ἡμῖν ὡς οὕτω ζητοῦσι τὸν θεὸν ἀπιέναι, ὅπου ἡμᾶς πέμπει ὁ Κέλσος, εἰς Τροφωνίου καὶ εἰς Ἀμφιάρεω καὶ εἰς Μόψου, ἔνθα φησὶν ἀνθρωποειδεῖς θεωρεῖσθαι θεοὺς καὶ, ὡς λέγει Κέλσος, οὐ ψευδομένους ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναργεῖς. ἴσμεν γὰρ ἡμεῖς τούτους δαίμονας ὄντας, τρεφομένους κνίσσαις καὶ αἵμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν ἀναθυμιάσεσι καὶ οὕτω παρακατεχομένους ἐν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν κατασκευασθεῖσι δεσμωτηρίοις· ἅτινα ἱερὰ θεῶν Ἕλληνες νενομίκασιν. ἀλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν ἀπατεώνων δαιμόνων εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα οἰκητήρια.

μετὰ ταῦτα κακοήθως ὁ Κέλσος φησὶ περὶ τῶν προειρημένων ἀνθρωποειδῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν θεῶν ὅτι ὄψεταί τις αὐτοὺς οὐχ ἅπαξ παραῤῥυέντας ὥσπερ τὸν τούτους ἐξαπατήσαντα ἀλλ᾿ ἀεὶ τοῖς βουλομένοις ὁμιλοῦντας. καὶ ἔοικέ γε διὰ τούτων φάσμα μὲν νενομικέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, μετὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν ἐπιφανέντα τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὡσπερεὶ παραῤῥεύσαντα πρὸς τὸ ὀφθῆναι αὐτοῖς· οὕς δ᾿ ὠνόμασε λέγων ἀνθρωποειδεῖς θεοὺς, τούτους οἴεται ἀεὶ τοῖς βουλομένοις ὁμιλεῖν. πῶς δὲ δύναται φάσμα, ὥς φησιν αὐτὸς, παραῤῥυὲν ἐπ᾿ ἀπάτῃ τῶν θεασαμένων καὶ μετὰ τὴν τότε ὄψιν τοσαῦτα ἐνεργεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν τὰς τῶν τοιούτων ψυχὰς καὶ πειθὼ ἐμποιεῖν αὐταῖς περὶ τοῦ πάντα δεῖν ἀρεσκόντως πράττειν θεῷ ὡς κριθησομένους; πῶς δὲ φάσμα ὀνομασθὲν ἀπελαύνει δαιμόνια καὶ ἄλλας οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτους ἐνεργείας ἐνεργεῖ, οὐχ ἕνα κεκληρωμένον τόπον ὡς οἱ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀνθρωποειδεῖς θεοὶ ἀλλὰ διῆκον ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ συνάγον καὶ ἕλκον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ θειότητι οὓς ἂν εὕροι πρὸς τὸν καλὸν βίον κλίναντας ἑαυτούς;

7.36 Chapter XXXVI

After these remarks of Celsus, which we have endeavoured to answer as we could, he goes on to say, speaking of us: “Again they will ask, ‘How can we know God, unless by the perception of the senses? for how otherwise than through the senses are we able to gain any knowledge?’” To this he replies: “This is not the language of a man; it comes not from the soul, but from the flesh. Let them hearken to us, if such a spiritless and carnal race are able to do so: if, instead of exercising the senses, you look upwards with the soul; if, turning away the eye of the body, you open the eye of the mind, thus and thus only will you be able to see God. And if you seek one to be your guide along this way, you must shun all deceivers and jugglers, who will introduce you to phantoms. Otherwise you will be acting the most ridiculous part, if, whilst you pronounce imprecations upon those others that are recognised as gods, treating them as idols, you yet do homage to a more wretched idol than any of these, which indeed is not even an idol or a phantom, but a dead man, and you seek a father like to him.” The first remark which we have to make on this passage is in regard to his use of personification, by which he makes us defend in this way the doctrine of the resurrection. This figure of speech is properly employed when the character and sentiments of the person introduced are faithfully preserved; but it is an abuse of the figure when these do not agree with the character and opinions of the speaker. Thus we should justly condemn a man who put into the mouths of barbarians, slaves, or uneducated people the language of philosophy; because we know that the philosophy belonged to the author, and not to such persons, who could not know anything of philosophy. And in like manner we should condemn a man for introducing persons who are represented as wise and well versed in divine knowledge, and should make them give expression to language which could only come out of the mouths of those who are ignorant or under the influence of vulgar passions. Hence Homer is admired, among other things, for preserving a consistency of character in his heroes, as in Nestor, Ulysses, Diomede, Agamemnon, Telemachus, Penelope, and the rest. Euripides, on the contrary, was assailed in the comedies of Aristophanes as a frivolous talker, often putting into the mouth of a barbarian woman, a wretched slave, the wise maxims which he had learned from Anaxagoras or some other philosophers.

Μετὰ ταῦτα, πρὸς ἃ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν εἰρήκαμεν, τοιαῦτα πάλιν ὁ Κέλσος φησίν· οἱ δὲ καὶ πάλιν εἰρήσονται· πῶς αἰσθήσει μὴ καταλαμβανόμενοι γνώσονται τὸν θεόν; τί χωρὶς αἰσθήσεως μαθεῖν ἐστι δυνατόν; εἶτα πρὸς ταῦτα ἀποκρινόμενός φησιν· οὐκ ἀνθρώπου μὲν οὐδὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀλλὰ σαρκὸς ἡ φωνή. ὅμως δ᾿ οὖν ἀκουσάτωσαν, εἴ τι καὶ ἐπαΐειν δύνανται ὡς δειλὸν καὶ φιλοσώματον γένος· ἐὰν αἰσθήσει μύσαντες ἀναβλέψητε νῷ καὶ σαρκὸς ἀποστραφέντες ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐγείρητε, μόνως οὕτως τὸν θεὸν ὄψεσθε. κἂν ἡγεμόνα (τῆς ὁδοῦ) ταύτης ζητῆτε, φευκτέοι μὲν ὑμῖν οἱ πλάνοι καὶ γόητες καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα προμνώμενοι· ἵνα μὴ παντάπασιν ἦτε καταγέλαστοι, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους. τοὺς δεικνυμένους θεοὺς. ὡς εἴδωλα βλασφημοῦντες, τὸν δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς εἰδώλων ἀθλιώτερον καὶ μηδὲ εἴδωλον ἔτι ἀλλ᾿ (ὄντ)ως νεκρὸν σέβοντες καὶ πατέρα ὅμοιον αὐτῷ ζητοῦντες.

καὶ πρῶτόν γε λεκτέον πρὸς τὴν προσωποποιΐαν αὐτοῦ. περιτιθέντος ἡμῖν λόγους ὡς ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν λεγομένους εἰς τὴν περὶ ἀναστάσεως σαρκὸς ἀπολογίαν, ὅτι ἀρετὴ μὲν προσωποποιοῦντός ἐστι τηρῆσαι τὸ βούλημα καὶ τὸ ἦθος τοῦ προσωποποιουμένου, κακία δὲ, ὅτε τὰ μὴ ἁρμόζοντά τις περιτίθησι ῥήματα τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ λέγοντος. καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἴσης γε ψεκτοὶ οἱ ἐν προσωποποιΐᾳ βαρβάροις καὶ ἀπαιδεύτοις ἢ οἰκότριψι καὶ μηδέ ποτε φιλοσόφων λόγων ἀκηκοόσι μηδὲ εὖ εἰρηκόσιν αὐτοὺς περιτιθέντες φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἔμαθε μὲν ὁ προσωποποιῶν, οὐκ εἰκὸς δὲ ἦν εἰδέναι τὸν προσωποποιούμενον, καὶ πάλιν αὖ οἱ τοῖς καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν ὑποκειμένοις σοφοῖς καὶ τὰ θεῖα ἐγνωκόσι περιτιθέντες τὰ ἀπὸ ἰδιωτικῶν παθῶν ὑπὸ ἀπαιδεύτων λεγόμενα καὶ ἀπὸ ἀγνοίας ἀπαγγελλόμενα. ὅθεν Ὅμηρος μὲν ἐν πολλοῖς θαυμάζεται, τηρήσας τὰ τῶν ἡρώων πρόσωπα, ὁποῖα αὐτὰ ὑπέθετο ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, οἷον τὸ Νέστορος ἢ τὸ Ὀδυσσέως ἢ τὸ Διομήδους ἢ τὸ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἢ Τηλεμάχου ἢ Πηνελόπης ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν· Εὐριπίδης δὲ ὑπὸ Ἀριστοφάνους κωμῳδεῖται ὡς ἀκαιροῤῥήμων διὰ τὸ πολλάκις περιτεθεικέναι λόγους δογμάτων, ὧν ἀπὸ Ἀναξαγόρου ἤ τινος ἔμαθε τῶν σοφῶν, βαρβάροις γυναιξὶν ἢ οἰκέταις.

7.37 Chapter XXXVII

Now if this is a true account of what constitutes the right and the wrong use of personification, have we not grounds for holding Celsus up to ridicule for thus ascribing to Christians words which they never uttered? For if those whom he represents as speaking are the unlearned, how is it possible that such persons could distinguish between “sense” and “reason,” between “objects of sense” and “objects of the reason?” To argue in this way, they would require to have studied under the Stoics, who deny all intellectual existences, and maintain that all that we apprehend is apprehended through the senses, and that all knowledge comes through the senses. But if, on the other hand, he puts these words into the mouth of philosophers who search carefully into the meaning of Christian doctrines, the statements in question do not agree with their character and principles. For no one who has learnt that God is invisible, and that certain of His works are invisible, that is to say, apprehended by the reason, can say, as if to justify his faith in a resurrection, “How can they know God, except by the perception of the senses?” or, “How otherwise than through the senses can they gain any knowledge?” For it is not in any secret writings, perused only by a few wise men, but in such as are most widely diffused and most commonly known among the people, that these words are written: “The invisible things of God from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made.” From whence it is to be inferred, that though men who live upon the earth have to begin with the use of the senses upon sensible objects, in order to go on from them to a knowledge of the nature of things intellectual, yet their knowledge must not stop short with the objects of sense. And thus, while Christians would not say that it is impossible to have a knowledge of intellectual objects without the senses, but rather that the senses supply the first means of obtaining knowledge, they might well ask the question, “Who can gain any knowledge without the senses?” without deserving the abuse of Celsus, when he adds, “This is not the language of a man; it comes not from the soul, but from the flesh.”

Εἴπερ δὲ τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ ἐν τῷ προσωποποιεῖν ἀρετὴ τοιαδὶ δὲ ἡ κακία, πῶς οὐκ εὐλόγως τις καταγελάσεται Κέλσου, Χριστιανοῖς περιτιθέντος τὰ μὴ ὑπὸ Χριστιανῶν λεγόμενα; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἰδιωτῶν ἀνέπλασσε λόγους, πόθεν τοῖς τοιούτοις δύνασθαι διακρίνειν αἴσθησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ αἰσθητὰ νοητῶν καὶ δογματίζειν παραπλησίως τοῖς ἀναιροῦσι νοητὰς οὐσίας Στωϊκοῖς περὶ τοῦ αἰσθήσεσιν καταλαμβάνεσθαι τὰ καταλαμβανόμενα καὶ πᾶσαν κατάληψιν ἠρτῆσθαι τῶν αἰσθήσεων; εἰ δ᾿ ἀναπλάσσει λόγους τῶν φιλοσοφούντων καὶ ἐπιμελῶς ὅση δύναμις ἐξεταζόντων τὰ Χριστοῦ. οὐδὲ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα πεποίηκεν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ μαθὼν ἀόρατον εἶναι τὸν θεὸν καὶ εἶναί τινα δημιουργήματα ἀόρατα. τουτέστι νοητὰ, λέγοι ἂν ὡς ἀπολογούμενος περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τό· πῶς αἰσθήσεσι μὴ καταλαμβανόμενοι γνώσονται τὸν θεόν; ἤ· τί χωρὶς αἰσθήσεως μαθεῖν δυνατόν ἐστι; καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἀνακεχωρηκόσι καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένοις ὑπὸ ὀλίγων μόνον καὶ φιλομαθῶν ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τοῖς δημωδεστέροις γέγραπται ὅτι „τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται“· δι᾿ ὧν ἔστιν εἰδέναι ὅτι εἰ καὶ τοὺς ἐν βίῳ ἀνθρώπους χρὴ ἀπὸ αἰσθήσεων ἄρξασθαι καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, μέλλοντας ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν νοητῶν φύσιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι γε ἐν αἰσθητοῖς καταμένειν χρή· οὔτε χωρὶς αἰσθήσεως ἐροῦσιν ἀδύνατον εἶναι μαθεῖν τὰ νοητὰ, χρώμενοι δὲ τῷ τίς χωρὶς αἰσθήσεως μαθεῖν δυνατός ἐστιν; ἐλέγξουσιν οὐκ εὐλόγως τούτῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλσου ἐπιφέρεσθαι τὸ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου μὲν οὐδὲ ψυχῆς ἀλλὰ γὰρ σαρκὸς φωνή.

7.38 Chapter XXXVIII

Since we hold that the great God is in essence simple, invisible, and incorporeal, Himself pure intelligence, or something transcending intelligence and existence, we can never say that God is apprehended by any other means than through the intelligence which is formed in His image, though now, in the words of Paul, “we see in a glass obscurely, but then face to face.” And if we use the expression “face to face,” let no one pervert its meaning; but let it be explained by this passage, “Beholding with open face the glory of the Lord, we are changed into the same image, from glory to glory,” which shows that we do not use the word in this connection to mean the visible face, but take it figuratively, in the same way as we have shown that the eyes, the ears, and the other parts of the body are employed. And it is certain that a man—I mean a soul using a body, otherwise called “the inner man,” or simply “the soul”—would answer, not as Celsus makes us answer, but as the man of God himself teaches. It is certain also that a Christian will not make use of “the language of the flesh,” having learnt as he has “to mortify the deeds of the body” by the spirit, and “to bear about in his body the dying of Jesus;” and “mortify your members which are on the earth,” and with a true knowledge of these words, “My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh,” and again, “They that are in the flesh cannot please God,” he strives in every way to live no longer according to the flesh, but only according to the Spirit.

Νοῦν τοίνυν ἢ ἐπέκεινα νοῦ καὶ οὐσίας λέγοντες εἶναι ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν. οὐκ ἂν ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ τῷ κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνου τοῦ νοῦ εἰκόνα γενομένῳ φήσομεν καταλαμβάνεσθαι τὸν θεόν· νῦν μὲν, ἵνα τῇ λέξει χρήσωμαι τοῦ Παύλου, „δι᾿ ἐσόπτρου καὶ (ἐν) αἰνίγματι τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον.“ „πρόσωπον“ δὲ ἐὰν λέγω. μὴ συκοφαντείτω τις διὰ τὴν λέξιν τὸν δηλούμενον νοῦν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ μανθανέτω (ἐν τῷ) „ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμενοι ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν“ οὐ πρόσωπον αἰσθητὸν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις παραλαμβανόμενον ἀλλὰ κατὰ τροπολογίαν νοούμενον ὡς καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὦτα. καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ὁμώνυμα τοῖς τοῦ σώματος μέλεσι παρεστήσαμεν.

καὶ ἄνθρωπος μὲν οὖν, τουτέστι ψυχὴ χρωμένη σώματι, λεγομένη „ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος“ ἀλλὰ καὶ „ψυχὴ,“ ἀποκρίνεται οὐχ ἅπερ Κέλσος ἀνέγραψεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἅπερ αὐτὸς διδάσκει ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος. σαρκὸς δὲ φωνῇ οὐκ ἂν Χριστιανὸς χρήσαιτο, μαθὼν „πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος“ θανατοῦν καὶ „πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι“ περιφέρειν καὶ „νεκρώσατε τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,“ καὶ εἰδὼς τί δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ „οὐ μὴ καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς σάρκας,“ ἐπιστάμενος δὲ καὶ ὅτι „οἱ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται“ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντα πράττων εἰς τὸ μηδαμῶς αὐτὸν ἔτι εἶναι „ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ ἀλλ᾿“ „ἐν“ μόνῳ „τῷ πνεύματι.“

7.39 Chapter XXXIX

Now let us hear what it is that he invites us to learn, that we may ascertain from him how we are to know God, although he thinks that his words are beyond the capacity of all Christians. “Let them hear,” says he, “if they are able to do so.” We have then to consider what the philosopher wishes us to hear from him. But instead of instructing us as he ought, he abuses us; and while he should have shown his goodwill to those whom he addresses at the outset of his discourse, he stigmatizes as “a cowardly race” men who would rather die than abjure Christianity even by a word, and who are ready to suffer every form of torture, or any kind of death. He also applies to us that epithet “carnal” or “flesh-indulging,” “although,” as we are wont to say, “we have known Christ after the flesh, yet now henceforth we know Him no more,” and although we are so ready to lay down our lives for the cause of religion, that no philosopher could lay aside his robes more readily. He then addresses to us these words: “If, instead of exercising your senses, you look upwards with the soul; if, turning away the eye of the body, you open the eye of the mind, thus and thus only you will be able to see God.” He is not aware that this reference to the two eyes, the eye of the body and the eye of the mind, which he has borrowed from the Greeks, was in use among our own writers; for Moses, in his account of the creation of the world, introduces man before his transgression as both seeing and not seeing: seeing, when it is said of the woman, “The woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a tree to be desired to make one wise;” and again not seeing, as when he introduces the serpent saying to the woman, as if she and her husband had been blind, “God knows that on the day that ye eat thereof your eyes shall be opened;” and also when it is said, “They did eat, and the eyes of both of them were opened.” The eyes of sense were then opened, which they had done well to keep shut, that they might not be distracted, and hindered from seeing with the eyes of the mind; and it was those eyes of the mind which in consequence of sin, as I imagine, were then closed, with which they had up to that time enjoyed the delight of beholding God and His paradise. This twofold kind of vision in us was familiar to our Saviour, who says, “For judgment I am come into this world, that they which see not, might see, and that they which see might be made blind,”—meaning, by the eyes that see not, the eyes of the mind, which are enlightened by His teaching; and the eyes which see are the eyes of sense, which His words do render blind, in order that the soul may look without distraction upon proper objects. All true Christians therefore have the eye of the mind sharpened, and the eye of sense closed; so that each one, according to the degree in which his better eye is quickened, and the eye of sense darkened, sees and knows the Supreme God, and His Son, who is the Word, Wisdom, and so forth.

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τίνα ἡμᾶς καλεῖ, ἵν᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσωμεν. τίνι τρόπῳ γνωσόμεθα τὸν θεόν· ἐφ᾿ οἷς οἴεται μηδένα Χριστιανῶν ἐπαΐειν δύνασθαι τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων, φησὶ γάρ· ὅμως δ᾿ οὖν ἀκουσάτωσαν. εἴ τι καὶ ἐπαΐειν δύνανται. τίνων οὖν ἡμᾶς ἀκούειν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων βούλεται, κατανοητέον. ὁ φιλόσοφος. δέον διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς. ὁ δὲ διαλοιδορεῖται· καὶ δέον εὔνοιαν ἑαυτοῦ δεῖξαι ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ τῶν λόγων τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ὁ δέ φησι τοῖς ἕως θανάτου ἀποθνῄσκουσιν. ἵνα μὴ ἐξομόσωνται μηδὲ μέχρι φωνῆς τὸν χριστιανισμὸν. καὶ παρεσκευασμένοις πρὸς πᾶσαν αἰκίαν καὶ πάντα τρόπον θανάτου· ὡς δειλὸν γένος. λέγει δ᾿ ἡμᾶς εἶναι καὶ φιλοσώματον γένος. τοὺς φάσκοντας· „εἰ καὶ Χριστόν ποτε κατὰ σάρκα ἐγνώκαμεν. ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν“ καὶ οὕτω προχείρως ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας τιθέντας τὸ σῶμα. ὡς οὐδὲ τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀποδύσαιτ᾿ ἂν εὐχερῶς φιλόσοφος.

φησὶν οὖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὅτι. ἐὰν αἰσθήσεσι μύσαντες ἀναβλέψητε νῷ καὶ σαρκὸς ἀποστραφέντες ὀφθαλμὸν τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγείρητε, μόνως οὕτως τὸν θεὸν ὄψεσθε. καὶ οἴεται αὐτὰ (λέγω δὴ τὰ περὶ διττῶν ὀφθαλμῶν) ἀπὸ Ἑλλήνων λαβὼν μὴ προπεφιλοσοφῆσθαι παρ᾿ ἡμῖν. λεκτέον δ᾿ ὅτι Μωϋσῆς ἀναγράφων τὴν κοσμοποιΐαν εἰσάγει τὸν ἄνθρωπον πρὸ μὲν τῆς παραβάσεως πῇ μὲν βλέποντα πῇ δὲ μὴ βλέποντα, βλέποντα μὲν ἐν τῷ λέγεσθαι περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ὅτι „εἶδεν ἡ γυνὴ ὅτι καλὸν τὸ ξύλον εἰς βρῶσιν. καὶ ὅτι ἀρεστὸν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἰδεῖν καὶ ὡραῖόν ἐστι τοῦ κατανοῆσαι,“ μὴ βλέποντα δὲ οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ λέγεσθαι ὡς περὶ τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως τῇ γυναικὶ τὸ „ᾔδει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, διανοιχθήσονται οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὑμῶν,“ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ „ἔφαγον. καὶ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῶν δύο.“ „διηνοίχθησαν“ μὲν οὖν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, οὓς καλῶς ἦσαν μύσαντες, ἵνα μὴ περισπώμενοι ἐμποδίζωνται βλέπειν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ· οὓς δὲ τέως εἶχον βλέποντας τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ εὐφραινομένους ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ παραδείσῳ αὐτοῦ, τούτους οἶμαι διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἔμυσαν.

ὅθεν καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν, τὸ διττὸν τοῦτο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπιστάμενος εἶδος ἐν ἡμῖν, φησὶ τό· „εἰς κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον εἰσῆλθον, ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσι καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται,“ μὴ βλέποντας μὲν αἰνιττόμενος τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοὺς, οὓς ὁ λόγος ποιεῖ βλέπειν, βλέποντας δὲ τοὺς τῶν αἰσθήσεων· τούτους δὲ ἐτύφλου ὁ λόγος. ἵνα ἀπερισπάστως ἡ ψυχὴ βλέπῃ ἃ δεῖ. παντὸς οὖν τοῦ κατὰ τρόπον χριστιανίζοντος ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγήγερται ὀφθαλμὸς καὶ ὁ τῆς αἰσθήσεως μέμυκε· καὶ ἀνάλογον τῇ ἐγέρσει τοῦ κρείττονος ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ τῇ μύσει τῶν ὄψεων τῆς αἰσθήσεως νοεῖται καὶ θεωρεῖται ἑκάστῳ ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸς καὶ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ, λόγος καὶ σοφία τυγχάνων καὶ τὰ λοιπά.

7.40 Chapter XL

Next to the remarks of Celsus on which we have already commented, come others which he addresses to all Christians, but which, if applicable to any, ought to be addressed to persons whose doctrines differ entirely from those taught by Jesus. For it is the Ophians who, as we have before shown, have utterly renounced Jesus, and perhaps some others of similar opinions who are “the impostors and jugglers, leading men away to idols and phantoms;” and it is they who with miserable pains learn off the names of the heavenly doorkeepers. These words are therefore quite inappropriate as addressed to Christians: “If you seek one to be your guide along this way, you must shun all deceivers and jugglers, who will introduce you to phantoms.” And, as though quite unaware that these impostors entirely agree with him, and are not behind him in speaking ill of Jesus and His religion, he thus continues, confounding us with them: “otherwise you will be acting the most ridiculous part, if, whilst you pronounce imprecations upon those other recognised gods, treating them as idols, you yet do homage to a more wretched idol than any of these, which indeed is not even an idol or a phantom, but a dead man, and you seek a father like to himself.” That he is ignorant of the wide difference between our opinions and those of the inventors of these fables, and that he imagines the charges which he makes against them applicable to us, is evident from the following passage: “For the sake of such a monstrous delusion, and in support of those wonderful advisers, and those wonderful words which you address to the lion, to the amphibious creature, to the creature in the form of an ass, and to others, for the sake of those divine doorkeepers whose names you commit to memory with such pains, in such a cause as this you suffer cruel tortures, and perish at the stake.” Surely, then, he is unaware that none of those who regard beings in the form of an ass, a lion, or an amphibious animal, as the doorkeepers or guides on the way to heaven, ever expose themselves to death in defence of that which they think the truth. That excess of zeal, if it may be so called, which leads us for the sake of religion to submit to every kind of death, and to perish at the stake, is ascribed by Celsus to those who endure no such sufferings; and he reproaches us who suffer crucifixion for our faith, with believing in fabulous creatures—in the lion, the amphibious animal, and other such monsters. If we reject all these fables, it is not out of deference to Celsus, for we have never at any time held any such fancies; but it is in accordance with the teaching of Jesus that we oppose all such notions, and will not allow to Michael, or to any others that have been referred to, a form and figure of that sort.

Ἑξῆς δὲ τοῖς ἐξετασθεῖσιν ὁ Κέλσος ὡς πρὸς πάντας Χριστιανοὺς ἀποτείνει λόγον, ὅντινα πρὸς τοὺς πάντῃ ἀλλοτρίους τῆς Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίας ὁμολογοῦντας εἶναι εἰ ἄρα λέγειν ἥρμοζεν. Ὀφιανοὶ γὰρ, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἐλέγομεν, τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐξ ὅλων ἀρνούμενοι ἢ εἴ τινες ἄλλοι τὰ παραπλήσια ἐκείνοις φρονοῦντές εἰσιν οἱ τὰ εἴδωλα προμνώμενοι, πλάνοι καὶ γόητες· καὶ ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν θυρωρῶν ἀθλίως ἐκμανθάνοντες. μάτην οὖν πρὸς Χριστιανούς φησι τό· κἂν ἡγεμόνα τῆς ὁδοῦ ταύτης ζητῆτε, φευκτέοι μὲν ὑμῖν οἱ πλάνοι καὶ γόητες καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα προμνώμενοι. καὶ μηδ᾿ ἐπιστάμενος ὅτι οἱ τοιοῦτοι οὐκ ἔλαττον Κέλσου ὡς γόητες σὺν ἐκείνῳ κακῶς λέγουσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν θεοσέβειαν, φησὶ φύρων ἡμᾶς ἐν ἐκείνοις τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ· ἵνα μὴ παντάπασιν ἦτε καταγέλαστοι, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους, τοὺς δεικνυμένους θεοὺς, ὡς εἴδωλα βλασφημοῦντες τὸν δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς εἰδώλων ἀθλιώτερον καὶ μηδὲ εἴδωλον ἔτι ἀλλ᾿ ὄντως νεκρον σέβοντες καὶ πατέρα ὅμοιον αὐτῷ ζητοῦντες.

ὅτι γὰρ μὴ ἐπιστάμενος, τί μὲν Χριστιανοὶ λέγουσι τί δὲ οἱ τοιούτους μύθους ἀναπλάσσοντες, ἀλλ᾿ οἰόμενος ἡμῖν προσεῖναι τὰ ἐκείνοις προσαγόμενα ἐγκλήματα ταῦτα λέγει πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὐ προσόντα ἡμῖν, δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ· τὴν μὲν δὴ τοιάνδε ἀπάτην καὶ τοὺς θαυμαστοὺς ἐκείνους συμβούλους καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ῥήματα, τὰ πρὸς τὸν λέοντα καὶ τὸν ἀμφίβιον καὶ τὸν ὀνοειδῆ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους καὶ τοὺς θεσπεσίους θυρωροὺς, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἀθλίως ἐκμανθάνοντες οἱ δύστηνοι κακῶς δαιμονᾶτε καὶ ἀνασκολοπίζεσθε. καὶ οὐκ εἶδέ γε ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν τὸν λεοντοειδῆ καὶ τὸν ὀνοειδῆ καὶ τὸν ἀμφίβιον νομιζόντων εἶναι θυρωροὺς τῆς ἀνόδου ἕως θανάτου ἵσταται κἂν ὑπὲρ τῆς φαινομένης αὐτῷ ἀληθείας. ἀλλὰ τὸ ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν δι᾿ εὐσεβείας, ἵν᾿ οὕτως εἴπω, ὑπερβολὴν γινόμενον, παρεχόντων ἑαυτοὺς παντὶ τρόπῳ θανάτου, καὶ τὸ ἀνασκολοπίζεσθαι ἐκείνοις προσάγει τοῖς μηδὲν τούτων πάσχουσιν· καὶ ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνασκολοπιζομένοις δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν ὀνειδίζει τὴν ἐκείνων περὶ τὸν λεοντοειδῆ καὶ τὸν ἀμφίβιον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μυθοποιΐαν οὐ διὰ Κέλσον τοίνυν φεύγομεν τὸν περὶ λεοντοειδοῦς καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν λόγον, οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοιοῦτόν τι παρειλήφαμεν· ἀλλ᾿ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ Ἰησοῦ τὰ ἐναντία ἐκείνοις λέγομεν, οὐ συγκατατιθέμενοι τῷ τοιόνδε εἶναι τῷ προσώπῳ τὸν Μιχαὴλ καὶ τοιόνδε ἕτερόν τινα τῶν προκατειλεγμένων.

7.41 Chapter XLI

But let us consider who those persons are whose guidance Celsus would have us to follow, so that we may not be in want of guides who are recommended both by their antiquity and sanctity. He refers us to divinely inspired poets, as he calls them, to wise men and philosophers, without mentioning their names; so that, after promising to point out those who should guide us, he simply hands us over in a general way to divinely inspired poets, wise men, and philosophers. If he had specified their names in particular, we should have felt ourselves bound to show him that he wished to give us as guides men who were blinded to the truth, and who must therefore lead us into error; or that if not wholly blinded, yet they are in error in many matters of belief. But whether Orpheus, Parmenides, Empedocles, or even Homer himself, and Hesiod, are the persons whom he means by “inspired poets,” let any one show how those who follow their guidance walk in a better way, or lead a more excellent life, than those who, being taught in the school of Jesus Christ, have rejected all images and statues, and even all Jewish superstition, that they may look upward through the Word of God to the one God, who is the Father of the Word. Who, then, are those wise men and philosophers from whom Celsus would have us to learn so many divine truths, and for whom we are to give up Moses the servant of God, the prophets of the Creator of the world, who have spoken so many things by a truly divine inspiration, and even Him who has given light and taught the way of piety to the whole human race, so that no one can reproach Him if he remains without a share in the knowledge of His mysteries? Such, indeed, was the abounding love which He had for men, that He gave to the more learned a theology capable of raising the soul far above all earthly things; while with no less consideration He comes down to the weaker capacities of ignorant men, of simple women, of slaves, and, in short, of all those who from Jesus alone could have received that help for the better regulation of their lives which is supplied by his instructions in regard to the Divine Being, adapted to their wants and capacities.

Τίνι δὲ καὶ ἕπεσθαι ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος βούλεται ὡς οὐκ ἀπορήσοντας παλαιῶν ἡγεμόνων καὶ ἱερῶν ἀνδρῶν κατανοητέον. ἀναπέμπει ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ ἐνθέους, ὡς λέγει, ποιητὰς καὶ σοφοὺς (καὶ) φιλοσόφους, μὴ τιθεὶς αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα, καὶ τοὺς ὁδηγοὺς δείξειν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀορίστως ἀποφαίνεται τοὺς ἐνθέους ποιητὰς καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ φιλοσόφους. εἰ δ᾿ ἐτίθει τὰ ὀνόματα ἑκάστου τούτων, κἂν ἀγωνίζεσθαι εὔλογον ἡμῖν ἐφαίνετο, ὅτι τυφλώττοντας περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁδηγοὺς ἡμῖν δίδωσιν, ἵνα σφάλωμεν, ἢ εἰ καὶ μὴ πάνυ τυφλώττοντας, περὶ πολλά γε τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα ἐσφαλμένους. εἴτ᾿ οὖν Ὀρφέα βούλεται ἔνθεον εἶναι ποιητὴν εἴτε Παρμενίδην εἴτ᾿ Ἐμπεδοκλέα εἴτε καὶ αὐτὸν Ὀμηρον ἢ καὶ Ἡσίοδον, δεικνύτω ὁ βουλόμενος, πῶς βέλτιον ὁδεύσουσιν οἱ τοιούτοις ὁδηγοῖς χρώμενοι καὶ ὠφέληνται περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον παρὰ τοὺς καταλιπόντας διὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίαν πάντα ἀγάλματα καὶ ἱδρύματα ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαν Ἰουδαϊκὴν δεισιδαιμονίαν καὶ πρὸς μόνον ἀναβλέποντας διὰ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ λόγου θεόν.

τίνες δὲ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ ἢ οἱ φιλόσοφοι, παρ᾿ ὧν βούλεται πολλὰ καὶ θεῖα ἀκοῦσαι ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος, καταλιπόντας θεράποντα θεοῦ Μωϋσέα καὶ προφήτας τοῦ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργοῦ, ἀληθῶς ἐνθέως μυρία ὅσα εἰρηκότας, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιλάμψαντα τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ καταγγείλαντα ὁδὸν θεοσεβείας καὶ μηδένα τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ ἄγευστον καταλιπόντα τῶν ἰδίων μυστηρίων, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ ὑπερβάλλουσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἔχοντα μὲν διδόναι τοῖς συνετωτέροις θεολογίαν, ἐπᾶραι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων δυναμένην. οὐδὲν (δ᾿) ἧττον συγκαταβαίνοντα καὶ ταῖς ὑποδεεστέραις ἕξεσιν ἰδιωτῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἁπλουστέρων γυναικῶν οἰκετῶν τε καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τῶν ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἢ Ἰησοῦ μόνου βεβοηθημένων πρὸς τὸ, ὡς ἐνεχώρει, βέλτιον αὐτοὺς βιοῦν μετὰ δογμάτων ὧν ἐδύναντο περὶ θεοῦ χωρεῖν;

7.42 Chapter XLII

Celsus next refers us to Plato as to a more effective teacher of theological truth, and quotes the following passage from the Timæus: “It is a hard matter to find out the Maker and Father of this universe; and after having found Him, it is impossible to make Him known to all.” To which he himself adds this remark: “You perceive, then, how divine men seek after the way of truth, and how well Plato knew that it was impossible for all men to walk in it. But as wise men have found it for the express purpose of being able to convey to us some notion of Him who is the first, the unspeakable Being,—a notion, namely; which may represent Him to us through the medium of other objects,—they endeavour either by synthesis, which is the combining of various qualities, or by analysis, which is the separation and setting aside of some qualities, or finally by analogy;—in these ways, I say, they endeavour to set before us that which it is impossible to express in words. I should therefore be surprised if you could follow in that course, since you are so completely wedded to the flesh as to be incapable of seeing ought but what is impure.” These words of Plato are noble and admirable; but see if Scripture does not give us an example of a regard for mankind still greater in God the Word, who was “in the beginning with God,” and “who was made flesh,” in order that He might reveal to all men truths which, according to Plato, it would be impossible to make known to all men, even after he had found them himself. Plato may say that “it is a hard thing to find out the Creator and Father of this universe;” by which language he implies that it is not wholly beyond the power of human nature to attain to such a knowledge as is either worthy of God, or if not, is far beyond that which is commonly attained (although if it were true that Plato or any other of the Greeks had found God, they would never have given homage and worship, or ascribed the name of God, to any other than to Him: they would have abandoned all others, and would not have associated with this great God objects which can have nothing in common with Him). For ourselves, we maintain that human nature is in no way able to seek after God, or to attain a clear knowledge of Him without the help of Him whom it seeks. He makes Himself known to those who, after doing all that their powers will allow, confess that they need help from Him, who discovers Himself to those whom He approves, in so far as it is possible for man and the soul still dwelling in the body to know God.

Εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἐπὶ ἐνεργέστερον διδάσκαλον τῶν θεολογίας πραγμάτων ἀναπέμπει ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸν Πλάτωνα, παρατιθέμενος αὐτοῦ τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ Τιμαίου λέξεις οὕτως ἐχούσας· „τὸν μὲν οὖν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον καὶ εὑρόντα εἰς πάντας ἀδύνατον λέγειν.“ εἶτ᾿ ἐπιφέρει τούτοις λέγων· ὁρᾶτε ὅπως ζητεῖται θεοπρόποις καὶ ἀληθείας ὁδὸς, καὶ ὡς ᾔδει Πλάτων ὅτι ταύτῃ βῆναι πᾶσιν „ἀδύνατον.“ ἐπειδὴ δὲ τούτου χάριν ἐξηύρηται σοφοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἀκατονομάστου καὶ πρώτου λάβοιμέν τινα ἐπίνοιαν, διαδηλοῦσαν αὐτὸν ἢ τῇ συνθέσει τῇ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἢ ἀναλύσει ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἢ ἀναλογίᾳ, τὸ ἄλλως ἄῤῥητον θέλων διδάξαι θαυμάσαιμι δ᾿ ἂν εἰ ἀκολουθῆσαι δυνήσεσθε. παντελῶς τῇ σαρκὶ ἐνδεδεμένοι καὶ μηδὲν καθαρὸν βλέποντες.

μεγαλοφυῶς μὲν οὖν καὶ οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτως τὴν ἐκκειμένην λέξιν ὁ Πλάτων προφέρεται. ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ φιλανθρωπότερον ὁ θεῖος λόγος εἰσάγει τὸν „ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν“ θεὸν λόγον γινόμενον σάρκα, ἵνα εἰς πάντας δυνατὸς ᾖ φθάνειν ὁ λόγος, ὃν καὶ τὸν „εὑρόντα εἰς πάντας ἀδύνατον λέγειν“ φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων. Πλάτων μὲν οὖν λεγέτω „τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς ἔργον“ εἶναι „εὑρεῖν,“ „ἀδύνατον“ ἐμφαίνων εἶναι τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει τὸ εὑρεῖν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν τὸν θεὸν, ἢ εἰ μὴ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν γε καὶ παρὰ τοὺς πολλούς· ὅπερ εἰ ἦν ἀληθὲς καὶ θεὸς κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν εὕρητο Πλάτωνι ἤ τινι Ἑλλήνων. οὐκ (ἂν) ἄλλο τι ἔσεβον καὶ θεὸν ἐκάλουν καὶ προσεκύνουν, ἤτοι τοῦτον καταλιπόντες ἢ συμπαραλαμβάνοντες τὰ μὴ συμπαραληπτὰ τῷ τηλικούτῳ θεῷ· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀποφαινόμεθα ὅτι οὐκ αὐτάρκης ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ὁπωσποτανοῦν ζητῆσαι τὸν θεὸν καὶ εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν καθαρῶς, μὴ βοηθηθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ ζητουμένου, εὑρισκομένου τοῖς ὁμολογοῦσι μετὰ τὸ παρ᾿ αὐτοὺς ποιεῖν ὅτι δέονται αὐτοῦ, ἐμφανίζοντος ἑαυτὸν οἷς ἂν κρίνῃ εὔλογον εἶναι ὀφθῆναι, ὡς πέφυκε θεὸς μὲν ἀνθρώπῳ γινώσκεσθαι ἀνθρώπου δὲ ψυχὴ ἔτι οὖσα ἐν σώματι γινώσκειν τὸν θεόν.

7.43 Chapter XLIII

Observe that when Plato says, that “after having found out the Creator and Father of the universe, it is impossible to make Him known to all men,” he does not speak of Him as unspeakable, and as incapable of being expressed in words. On the contrary, he implies that He may be spoken of, and that there are a few to whom He may be made known. But Celsus, as if forgetting the language which he had just quoted from Plato, immediately gives God the name of “the unspeakable.” He says: “since the wise men have found out this way, in order to be able to give us some idea of the First of Beings, who is unspeakable.” For ourselves, we hold that not God alone is unspeakable, but other things also which are inferior to Him. Such are the things which Paul labours to express when he says, “I heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter,” where the word “heard” is used in the sense of “understood;” as in the passage, “He who hath ears to hear, let him hear.” We also hold that it is a hard matter to see the Creator and Father of the universe; but it is possible to see Him in the way thus referred to, “Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God;” and not only so, but also in the sense of the words of Him “who is the image of the invisible God;” “He who hath seen Me hath seen the Father who sent Me.” No sensible person could suppose that these last words were spoken in reference to His bodily presence, which was open to the view of all; otherwise all those who said, “Crucify him, crucify him,” and Pilate, who had power over the humanity of Jesus, were among those who saw God the Father, which is absurd. Moreover, that these words, “He that hath seen Me, hath seen the Father who sent Me,” are not to be taken in their grosser sense, is plain from the answer which He gave to Philip, “Have I been so long time with you, and yet dost thou not know Me, Philip?” after Philip had asked, “Show us the Father, and it sufficeth us.” He, then, who perceives how these words, “The Word was made flesh,” are to be understood of the only-begotten Son of God, the first-born of all creation, will also understand how, in seeing the image of the invisible God, we see “the Creator and Father of the universe.”

Ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγων ὁ Πλάτων ὅτι τὸν „εὑρόντα ἀδύνατόν“ ἐστιν „εἰς πάντας λέγειν“ „τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς,“ ἄῤῥητον μὲν καὶ ἀκατονόμαστον οὔ φησιν αὐτὸν εἶναι ῥητὸν δ᾿ ὄντα εἰς ὀλίγους δύνασθαι λέγεσθαι. εἶθ᾿ ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενος ὧν παρέθετο Πλάτωνος λέξεων ὁ Κέλσος φησὶν ἀκατονόμαστον εἶναι θεὸν τούτοις· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τούτου χάριν ἐξηύρηται σοφοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἀκατονομάστου καὶ πρώτου λάβοιμέν τινα ἐπίνοιαν. ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ μόνον τὸν θεὸν ἄῤῥητον εἶναί φαμεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτόν· ἅπερ βιασάμενος ὁ Παῦλος σημῆναί φησι τό· „ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι,“ τῷ „ἤκουσεν“ ἀντὶ τοῦ συνῆκε χρησάμενος ἀνάλογον τῷ „ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω.“

„τὸν ποιητὴν“ δὴ „καὶ πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς“ ἡμεῖς φαμεν ἰδεῖν „ἔργον.“ βλέπεται δὲ οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸ „μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται,“ ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς εἰκόνος „τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ“ ἐν τῷ „ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντά με.“ ἐν τούτοις γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἂν νοῦν ἔχων φήσειεν ὅτι ἀναφέρων ταῦτα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐπὶ τὸ αἰσθητὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ βλεπόμενον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις σῶμα εἶπε τό· „ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντά με“· ἔσονται γὰρ κατὰ τοῦτο ἑωρακότες τὸν πατέρα θεὸν καὶ πάντες οἱ λέγοντες· „σταύρου σταύρου αὐτὸν“ καὶ ὁ ἐξουσίαν κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου αὐτοῦ Πιλᾶτος λαβὼν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἄτοπον. ὅτι δὲ τὸ „ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντά με“ οὐκ ἐπὶ τὴν κοινοτέραν ἐκδοχὴν ἀναφέρεται, δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ εἰρῆσθαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ· „τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε;“ τοῦτο δ᾿ εἴρηκεν αὐτῷ ἀξιώσαντι καὶ λέγοντι· „δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν.“ νοήσας τις οὖν πῶς δεῖ ἀκούειν περὶ μονογενοῦς θεοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ πρωτοτόκου „πάσης κτίσεως,“ καθότι „ὁ λόγος“ γέγονε „σὰρξ,“ ὄψεται πῶς ἰδών τις τὴν εἰκόνα „τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ“ γνώσεται „τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦδε τοῦ παντός.“

7.44 Chapter XLIV

Celsus supposes that we may arrive at a knowledge of God either by combining or separating certain things after the methods which mathematicians call synthesis and analysis, or again by analogy, which is employed by them also, and that in this way we may as it were gain admission to the chief good. But when the Word of God says, “No man knoweth the Father but the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him,” He declares that no one can know God but by the help of divine grace coming from above, with a certain divine inspiration. Indeed, it is reasonable to suppose that the knowledge of God is beyond the reach of human nature, and hence the many errors into which men have fallen in their views of God. It is, then, through the goodness and love of God to mankind, and by a marvellous exercise of divine grace to those whom He saw in His foreknowledge, and knew that they would walk worthy of Him who had made Himself known to them, and that they would never swerve from a faithful attachment to His service, although they were condemned to death or held up to ridicule by those who, in ignorance of what true religion is, give that name to what deserves to be called anything rather than religion. God doubtless saw the pride and arrogance of those who, with contempt for all others, boast of their knowledge of God, and of their profound acquaintance with divine things obtained from philosophy, but who still, not less even than the most ignorant, run after their images, and temples, and famous mysteries; and seeing this, He “has chosen the foolish things of this world”—the simplest of Christians, who lead, however, a life of greater moderation and purity than many philosophers—“to confound the wise,” who are not ashamed to address inanimate things as gods or images of the gods. For what reasonable man can refrain from smiling when he sees that one who has learned from philosophy such profound and noble sentiments about God or the gods, turns straightway to images and offers to them his prayers, or imagines that by gazing upon these material things he can ascend from the visible symbol to that which is spiritual and immaterial. But a Christian, even of the common people, is assured that every place forms part of the universe, and that the whole universe is God’s temple. In whatever part of the world he is, he prays; but he rises above the universe, “shutting the eyes of sense, and raising upwards the eyes of the soul.” And he stops not at the vault of heaven; but passing in thought beyond the heavens, under the guidance of the Spirit of God, and having thus as it were gone beyond the visible universe, he offers prayers to God. But he prays for no trivial blessings, for he has learnt from Jesus to seek for nothing small or mean, that is, sensible objects, but to ask only for what is great and truly divine; and these things God grants to us, to lead us to that blessedness which is found only with Him through His Son, the Word, who is God.

Κέλσος μὲν οὖν ἤτοι τῇ συνθέσει τῇ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀνάλογον τῇ παρὰ τοῖς γεωμέτραις καλουμένῃ συνθέσει ἢ τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναλύσει ἢ καὶ ἀναλογίᾳ ἀνάλογον τῇ παρὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀναλογίᾳ οἴεται γινώσκεσθαι τὸν θεὸν, ἐπὶ τὰ πρόθυρα εἰ ἄρα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δυναμένου τινὸς οὕτως ἐλθεῖν· ὁ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος εἰπών· „οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ“ θείᾳ τινὶ χάριτι, οὐκ ἀθεεὶ ἐγγινομένῃ τῇ ψυχῇ ἀλλὰ μετά τινος ἐνθουσιασμοῦ. ἀποφαίνεται γινώσκεσθαι τὸν θεόν. καὶ γὰρ εἰκὸς μείζονα μὲν ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν εἶναι τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ (διὸ καὶ τὰ τοσαῦτα παρ᾿ ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶ περὶ θεοῦ σφάλματα) χρηστότητι δὲ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδόξῳ καὶ θειοτέρᾳ χάριτι φθάνειν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ προκαταληφθέντας ὅτι ἀξίως βιώσουσι τοῦ ἐγνωσμένου, οὐδαμῶς παραχαράττοντες τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσέβειαν, οὔτε ἂν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγνοούντων ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστιν εὐσέβεια καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ποτ᾿ οὖν μᾶλλον ἀναπλαττόντων εἶναι τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἢ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ εὐσέβεια τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἀπάγωνται, οὔτε ἂν καταγελαστότατοι εἶναι νομίζωνται.

ὁρῶν δ᾿ οἶμαι ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν ἢ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπεροψίαν τῶν μεγάλα μὲν φρονούντων ἐπὶ τῷ ἐγνωκέναι τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἀπὸ φιλοσοφίας τὰ θεῖα μεμαθηκέναι παραπλησίως δὲ τοῖς ἀπαιδευτοτάτοις ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς νεὼς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ θρυλούμενα μυστήρια ἀγόντων „ἐξελέξατο“ „τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου,“ τοὺς ἐν Χριστιανοῖς ἁπλουστάτους καὶ πολλῶν φιλοσόφων μετριώτερον καὶ καθαρώτερον βιοῦντας, „ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφοὺς,“ οὐκ αἰδουμένους ἐν τῷ τοῖς ἀψύχοις προσομιλεῖν ὡς θεοῖς ἢ θεῶν εἰκόσιν.

τίς γὰρ νοῦν ἔχων οὐ καταγελάσεται τοῦ μετὰ τοὺς τηλικούτους καὶ τοσούτους ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ περὶ θεοῦ ἢ θεῶν λόγους ἐνορῶντος τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν καὶ ἤτοι αὐτοῖς ἀναπέμποντος τὴν εὐχὴν ἢ διὰ τῆς τούτων ὄψεως ἐφ᾿ ὃν φαντάζεται δεῖν ἀναβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ βλεπομένου καὶ συμβόλου ὄντος ἀναφέροντός γε ἐπὶ τὸν νοούμενον; Χριστιανὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης πάντα μὲν τόπον τοῦ κόσμου πέπεισται εἶναι μέρος τοῦ ὅλου, ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντος τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου· „ἐν παντὶ“ δὲ „τόπῳ“ εὐχόμενος, μύσας τοὺς τῆς αἰσθήσεως ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐγείρας τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς, ὑπεραναβαίνει τὸν ὅλον κόσμον. καὶ οὐδ᾿ ἐπὶ τὴν ἁψῖδα ἵσταται τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὸν ὑπερουράνιον γενόμενος τῇ διανοίᾳ τόπον, ὁδηγούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος καὶ ὡσπερεὶ ἔξω τοῦ κόσμου τυγχάνων ἀναπέμπει οὐ περὶ τῶν τυχόντων τὴν εὐχὴν τῷ θεῷ· ἔμαθε γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μηδὲν μικρὸν, τουτέστιν αἰσθητὸν, ζητεῖν ἀλλὰ μόνα τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ἀληθῶς θεῖα, οσα συμβάλλεται διδόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ ὁδεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὴν παρ᾿ αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου ὄντος θεοῦ μακαριότητα.

7.45 Chapter XLV

But let us see further what the things are which he proposes to teach us, if indeed we can comprehend them, since he speaks of us as being “utterly wedded to the flesh;” although if we live well, and in accordance with the teaching of Jesus, we hear this said of us: “Ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if the Spirit of God dwelleth in you.” He says also that we look upon nothing that is pure, although our endeavour is to keep even our thoughts free from all defilement of sin, and although in prayer we say, “Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me,” so that we may behold Him with that “pure heart” to which alone is granted the privilege of seeing Him. This, then, is what he proposes for our instruction: “Things are either intelligible, which we call substance—being; or visible, which we call becoming: with the former is truth; from the latter arises error. Truth is the object of knowledge; truth and error form opinion. Intelligible objects are known by the reason, visible objects by the eyes; the action of the reason is called intelligent perception, that of the eyes vision. As, then, among visible things the sun is neither the eye nor vision, but that which enables the eye to see, and renders vision possible, and in consequence of it visible things are seen, all sensible things exist and itself is rendered visible; so among things intelligible, that which is neither reason, nor intelligent perception, nor knowledge, is yet the cause which enables the reason to know, which renders intelligent perception possible; and in consequence of it knowledge arises, all things intelligible, truth itself and substance have their existence; and itself, which is above all these things, becomes in some ineffable way intelligible. These things are offered to the consideration of the intelligent; and if even you can understand any of them, it is well. And if you think that a Divine Spirit has descended from God to announce divine things to men, it is doubtless this same Spirit that reveals these truths, and it was under the same influence that men of old made known many important truths. But if you cannot comprehend these things, then keep silence; do not expose your own ignorance, and do not accuse of blindness those who see, or of lameness those who run, while you yourselves are utterly lamed and mutilated in mind, and lead a merely animal life—the life of the body, which is the dead part of our nature.”

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ ἅ φησιν ἡμᾶς διδάξειν, εἰ ἄρα ἀκολουθῆσαι αὐτοῖς δυνησόμεθα, ἐν οἷς λέγει ἡμᾶς παντελῶς ἐνδεδέσθαι τῇ σαρκὶ, τοὺς, ἐὰν βιῶμεν ὀρθῶς καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦ λόγον, ἀκούοντας τὸ „ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἀλλ᾿ ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπερ πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν.“ φησὶ δ᾿ ἡμᾶς καὶ μηδὲν καθαρὸν βλέπειν, τοὺς πειρωμένους μηδὲ μέχρι τῶν λογισμῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων τῆς κακίας μολύνεσθαι καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ λέγοντας· „καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πνεῦμα εὐθὲς ἐγκαίνισον ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις μου,“ ἵνα τῇ μόνῃ πεφυκυίᾳ βλέπειν θεὸν „καρδίᾳ καθαρᾷ“ θεασώμεθα αὐτόν.

ἃ δὲ λέγει, τοιαῦτά ἐστιν· οὐσία καὶ γένεσις νοητὸν, ὁρατόν· μετὰ οὐσίας μὲν ἀλήθεια, μετὰ δὲ γενέσεως πλάνη. περὶ ἀλήθειαν μὲν οὖν ἐπιστήμη. περὶ δὲ θάτερον δόξα· καὶ νοητοῦ μέν ἐστι νόησις, ὁρατοῦ δὲ ὄψις. γινώσκει δὲ νοητὸν μὲν νοῦς, ὁρατὸν δὲ ὀφθαλμός. ὅπερ οὖν ἐν τοῖς ὁρατοῖς ἥλιος, οὔτ᾿ ὀφθαλμὸς ὢν οὔτ᾿ ὄψις ἀλλ᾿ ὀφθαλμῷ τε τοῦ ὁρᾶν αἴτιος καὶ ὄψει τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτὸν συνίστασθαι καὶ ὁρατοῖς τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι, πᾶσιν αἰσθητοῖς τοῦ γίνεσθαι, καὶ μὴν αὐτὸς αὑτῷ τοῦ βλέπεσθαι, τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς ἐκεῖνος, ὅσπερ οὔτε νοῦς οὔτε νόησις οὔτ᾿ ἐπιστήμη, ἀλλὰ νῷ τε τοῦ νοεῖν αἴτιος καὶ νοήσει τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν καὶ νοητοῖς ἅπασι καὶ αὐτῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ αὐτῇ οὐσίᾳ τοῦ εἶναι, πάντων ἐπέκεινα ὢν, ἀῤῥήτῳ τινὶ δυνάμει νοητός.

ταῦτ᾿ εἴρηται μὲν ἀνθρώποις νοῦν ἔχουσιν· εἰ δέ τι αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμεῖς συνίετε. εὖ ὑμῖν ἔχει. καὶ πνεῦμα εἴ τι οἴεσθε κατιὸν ἐκ θεοῦ προαγγέλλειν τὰ θεῖα, τοῦτ᾿ ἂν εἴη τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ταῦτα κηρύττον, οὗ δὴ πλησθέντες ἄνδρες παλαιοὶ πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ ἤγγειλαν· ὧν εἰ μὴ δύνασθε ἐπαΐειν, σιωπᾶτε καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀμαθίαν ἐγκαλύπτετε καὶ μὴ λέγετε τυφλώττειν τοὺς βλέποντας καὶ χωλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς τρέχοντας. αὐτοὶ πάντῃ τας ψυχὰς ἀποκεχωλευμένοι καὶ ἠκρωτηριασμένοι καὶ τῷ σώματι ζῶντες, τουτέστι τῷ νεκρῷ.

7.46 Chapter XLVI

We are careful not to oppose fair arguments even if they proceed from those who are not of our faith; we strive not to be captious, or to seek to overthrow any sound reasonings. But here we have to reply to those who slander the character of persons wishing to do their best in the service of God, who accepts the faith which the meanest place in Him, as well as the more refined and intelligent piety of the learned; seeing that both alike address to the Creator of the world their prayers and thanksgivings through the High Priest who has set before men the nature of pure religion. We say, then, that those who are stigmatized as “lamed and mutilated in spirit,” as “living only for the sake of the body which is dead,” are persons whose endeavour it is to say with sincerity: “For though we live in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh; for the weapons of our warfare are not fleshly, but mighty through God.” It is for those who throw out such vile accusations against men who desire to be God’s servants, to beware lest, by the calumnies which they cast upon others who strive to live well, they “lame” their own souls, and “mutilate” the inner man, by severing from it that justice and moderation of mind which the Creator has planted in the nature of all His rational creatures. As for those, however, who, along with other lessons given by the Divine Word, have learned and practised this, “when reviled to bless, when persecuted to endure, when defamed to entreat,” they may be said to be walking in spirit in the ways of uprightness, to be purifying and setting in order the whole soul. They distinguish—and to them the distinction is not one of words merely—between “substance,” or that which is, and that which is “becoming;” between things apprehended by reason, and things apprehended by sense; and they connect truth with the one, and avoid the errors arising out of the other; looking, as they have been taught, not at the things “becoming” or phenomenal, which are seen, and therefore temporary, but at better things than these, whether we call them “substance,” or “spiritual” things, as being apprehended by reason, or “invisible,” because they lie out of the reach of the senses. The disciples of Jesus regard these phenomenal things only that they may use them as steps to ascend to the knowledge of the things of reason. For “the invisible things of God,” that is, the objects of the reason, “from the creation of the world are clearly seen” by the reason, “being understood by the things that are made.” And when they have risen from the created things of this world to the invisible things of God, they do not stay there; but after they have sufficiently exercised their minds upon these, and have understood their nature, they ascend to “the eternal power of God,” in a word, to His divinity. For they know that God, in His love to men, has “manifested” His truth, and “that which is known of Him,” not only to those who devote themselves to His service, but also to some who are far removed from the purity of worship and service which He requires; and that some of those who by the providence of God had attained a knowledge of these truths, were yet doing things unworthy of that knowledge, and “holding the truth in unrighteousness,” and who are unable to find any excuse before God after the knowledge of such great truths which He has given them.

Πρὸς ταῦτα δ᾿ ἡμεῖς φήσομεν, οἱ μελετήσαντες μηδενὶ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τῶν καλῶς λεγομένων. κἂν οἱ ἔξω τῆς πίστεως λέγωσι καλῶς, μὴ προσφιλονεικεῖν αὐτοῖς μηδὲ ζητεῖν ἀνατρέπειν τὰ ὑγιῶς ἔχοντα. ὅτι οἱ μὲν διαλοιδορούμενοι τοῖς κατὰ δύναμιν εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν εὐσεβεῖν θέλουσιν, ἀποδεχόμενον ἰδιωτῶν τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν πίστιν καὶ συνετωτέρων τὴν μετὰ λόγου εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσέβειαν, μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας ἀναπεμπόντων εὐχὰς τῷ δημιουργῷ τοῦ παντὸς καὶ ἀναπεμπόντων αὐτὰς ὡς δι᾿ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ τὴν εἰλικρινῆ θεοσέβειαν ἀνθρώποις παραστήσαντος. καὶ καλοῦντες αὐτοὺς κεχωλευμένους τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ ἠκρωτηριασμένους λέγοντες δὲ καὶ σώματι ζῶντας τῷ νεκρῷ τοὺς μελετῶντας ἀπὸ διαθέσεως λέγειν τό· „ἐν σαρκὶ γὰρ ζῶντες οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα, τὰ γὰρ ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικὰ ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ“ ὁράτωσαν μὴ κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τοῦτο (τὸ) λέγειν κακῶς ἀνθρώπους, εὐχομένους εἶναι θεοῦ, τὰς ψυχὰς ἑαυτῶν χωλὰς κατασκευάζωσι (καὶ) „τὸν ἔσω“ ἑαυτῶν „ἄνθρωπον“ ἀκρωτηριάζωσιν, ἀποκόπτοντες αὐτοῦ διὰ τῶν εἰς ἑτέρους δυσφημιῶν, τοὺς καλῶς βιοῦν ἐθέλοντας. τὸ ἐπιεικὲς καὶ τὸ εὐσταθὲς, ἐνεσπαρμένα φυσικῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῇ λογικῇ φύσει. οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἑτέροις μαθόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ θείου λόγου καὶ ποιοῦντες καὶ τὸ „λοιδορούμενοι“ εὐλογεῖν, „διωκόμενοι“ ἀνέχεσθαι, „δυσφημούμενοι“ παρακαλεῖν, οὗτοι ἂν εἶεν οἱ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς βάσεις ὀρθώσαντες καὶ ὅλην τὴν ψυχὴν καθαίροντες καὶ εὐτρεπίζοντες· οὐχ ἵνα λέξεσι μόναις οὐσίαν ἀπὸ γενέσεως χωρίζωσι καὶ νοητὸν ἀπὸ ὁρατοῦ, καὶ τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν τῇ οὐσίᾳ συνάπτωσι τὴν δὲ μετὰ γενέσεως πλάνην παντὶ τρόπῳ φεύγωσι, σκοποῦντες, ὡς ἔμαθον, οὐ τὰ γενέσεως. ἅπερ ἐστὶ „βλεπόμενα“ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο „πρόσκαιρα,“ ἀλλὰ τὰ κρείττονα, εἴτ᾿ οὐσίαν αὐτά τις βούλεται καλεῖν εἴτε διὰ τὸ νοητὰ τυγχάνειν „ἀόρατα“ εἴτε διὰ τὸ ἔξω αἰσθήσεως εἶναι αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν „μὴ βλεπόμενα.“

οὕτω δὲ καὶ τοῖς γενέσεως ἐνορῶσιν οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ. ὥστε οἱονεὶ ἐπιβάθρᾳ χρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὴν κατανόησιν τῆς τῶν νοητῶν φύσεως· „τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα“ τοῦ θεοῦ „ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου,“ τουτέστι τὰ νοητὰ, „τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα“ ἐν τῷ νοεῖσθαι „καθορᾶται.“ καὶ οὐχ ἵστανταί γε ἀναβάντες ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ κόσμου κτισμάτων ἐν τοῖς ἀοράτοις τοῦ θεοῦ· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἱκανῶς ἐκείνοις ἐγγυμνασάμενοι καὶ συνιέντες αὐτὰ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀΐδιον δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τὴν θεότητα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιστάμενοι ὅτι ὁ μὲν φιλάνθρωπος θεὸς „τὴν ἀλήθειαν“ καὶ „τὸ“ ἑαυτοῦ „γνωστὸν“ „ἐφανέρωσεν“ οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις αὐτῷ ἀλλὰ καί τισι τῶν ἔξω τῆς εἰλικρινοῦς θεοσεβείας καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας· τινὲς δὲ τῶν θεοῦ προνοίᾳ ἀναβεβηκότων ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τηλικούτων γνῶσιν οὐκ ἄξια τῆς γνώσεως δρῶντες ἀσεβοῦσι καὶ „τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ“ κατέχουσιν, οὐδ᾿ ἀπολογίας ἔτι χώραν ἐπὶ τῇ γνώσει τῶν τηλικούτων ἔχειν δυνάμενοι παρὰ τῷ θεῷ.

7.47 Chapter XLVII

For Scripture testifies, in regard to those who have a knowledge of those things of which Celsus speaks, and who profess a philosophy founded on these principles, that they, “when they knew God, glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful, but became vain in their imaginations;” and notwithstanding the bright light of knowledge with which God had enlightened them, “their foolish heart” was carried away, and became “darkened.” Thus we may see how those who accounted themselves wise gave proofs of great folly, when, after such grand arguments delivered in the schools on God and on things apprehended by the reason, they “changed the glory of the incorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and four-footed beasts, and creeping things.” As, then, they lived in a way unworthy of the knowledge which they had received from God, His providence leaving them to themselves, they were given “up to uncleanness, through the lusts of their own hearts to dishonour their own bodies,” in shamelessness and licentiousness, because they “changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshipped and served the creature more than the Creator.”

Μαρτυροῦνται γοῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου λόγου οἱ τὰ παρὰ τῷ Κέλσῳ ἐκκείμενα καταλαβόντες καὶ κατὰ τὰ δόγματα ταῦτα φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ὅτι „γνόντες τὸν θεὸν οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ εὐχαρίστησαν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη“ μετὰ τὸ τηλικοῦτο φῶς τῆς περὶ ὧν ἐφανέρωσεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς γνώσεως „ἡ“ ἐπειγομένη „ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία.“

ἔστι γοῦν ἰδεῖν, τίνα τρόπον οἱ „φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ“ μεγάλης μωρίας δείγματα ἐμφαίνουσιν, ὅτε μετὰ τοὺς τηλικούτους ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν νοητῶν λόγους „ἠλλάξαντο τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν.“ διὸ καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν καταλειφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας ὡς οὐκ ἀξίως βιώσαντες τῶν φανερωθέντων αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγκαλινδοῦνται „ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν,“ καὶ ἀτιμάζεται „αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα“ ἐν ἀσχημοσύναις καὶ ἀκολασίαις, ἀνθ᾿ ὧν ἀντήλλαξαν „τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει, καὶ ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα.“

7.48 Chapter XLVIII

But those who are despised for their ignorance, and set down as fools and abject slaves, no sooner commit themselves to God’s guidance by accepting the teaching of Jesus, than, so far from defiling themselves by licentious indulgence or the gratification of shameless passion, they in many cases, like perfect priests, for whom such pleasures have no charm, keep themselves in act and in thought in a state of virgin purity. The Athenians have one hierophant, who, not having confidence in his power to restrain his passions within the limits he prescribed for himself, determined to check them at their seat by the application of hemlock; and thus he was accounted pure, and fit for the celebration of religious worship among the Athenians. But among Christians may be found men who have no need of hemlock to fit them for the pure service of God, and for whom the Word in place of hemlock is able to drive all evil desires from their thoughts, so that they may present their prayers to the Divine Being. And attached to the other so-called gods are a select number of virgins, who are guarded by men, or it may be not guarded (for that is not the point in question at present), and who are supposed to live in purity for the honour of the god they serve. But among Christians, those who maintain a perpetual virginity do so for no human honours, for no fee or reward, from no motive of vainglory; but “as they choose to retain God in their knowledge,” they are preserved by God in a spirit well-pleasing to Him, and in the discharge of every duty, being filled with all righteousness and goodness.

Οἱ δ᾿ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ἰδιωτείᾳ ἐξουθενούμενοι καὶ μωροὶ καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἶναι λεγόμενοι, κἂν μόνον πιστεύωσιν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ. παραδεξάμενοι τὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίαν τοσοῦτον ἀποδέουσιν ἀσελγείας καὶ ἀκαθαρσίας καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν συνουσίαις ἀσχημοσύνης, ὡς καὶ τρόπον τελείων ἱερέων, πᾶσαν συνουσίαν ἀποστραφέντων, πολλοὺς αὐτῶν παντελῶς καθαρεύειν, οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ πάσης μίξεως. καὶ εἷς μέν που παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίοις ἱεροφάντης, οὐδὲ πιστευόμενος ἑαυτοῦ τὰς ἀρσενικὰς ὀρέξεις ὡς κύριος αὐτῶν εἶναι δυνάμενος καὶ κρατεῖν αὐτῶν ἐς ὅσον βούλεται, κωνειασθεὶς τὰ ἄρσενα μέρη καθαρὸς εἶναι νομίζεται πρὸς τὴν νενομισμένην παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίοις ἁγιστείαν· ἔστι δ᾿ ἐν Χριστιανοῖς ἰδεῖν ἄνδρας μὴ δεηθέντας κωνείου, ἵνα τὸ θεῖον καθαρῶς θεραπεύσωσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀρκουμένους λόγῳ ἀντὶ κωνείου, ὡς πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀπὸ τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν ἐξελάσαντες τὸ θεῖον εὐχαῖς θεραπεύωσι. παρ᾿ ἄλλοις δὲ νομιζομένοις εἶναι θεοῖς παρθένοι πάνυ εὐαρίθμητοι, εἴτε ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων φρουρούμεναι εἴτε καὶ μὴ (οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο πρόκειται νῦν ἐξετάζειν). δοκοῦσι διατελεῖν ἐν τῇ διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον τιμὴν καθαρότητι· ἐν δὲ Χριστιανοῖς οὐ διὰ τὰς παρ᾿ ἀνθρώποις τιμὰς, οὐ διὰ μισθοὺς καὶ ἀργύρια οὐδὲ διὰ δοξάριον ἀσκοῦσι τὴν παντελῆ παρθενίαν, καὶ ὡς „ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει,“ τηροῦνται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δοκίμῳ νῷ καὶ τῷ „ποιεῖν τὰ“ „καθήκοντα,“ πληρούμεναι πάσης δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἀγαθότητος.

7.49 Chapter XLIX

What I have now said, then, is offered not for the purpose of cavilling with any right opinions or sound doctrines held even by Greeks, but with the desire of showing that the same things, and indeed much better and diviner things than these, have been said by those divine men, the prophets of God and the apostles of Jesus. These truths are fully investigated by all who wish to attain a perfect knowledge of Christianity, and who know that “the mouth of the righteous speaketh wisdom, and his tongue talketh of judgment; the law of his God is in his heart.” But even in regard to those who, either from deficiency or knowledge or want of inclination, or from not having Jesus to lead them to a rational view of religion, have not gone into these deep questions, we find that they believe in the Most High God, and in His Only-begotten Son, the Word and God, and that they often exhibit in their character a high degree of gravity, of purity, and integrity; while those who call themselves wise have despised these virtues, and have wallowed in the filth of sodomy, in lawless lust, “men with men working that which is unseemly.”

Ταῦτα δὴ λέλεκταί μοι οὐ προσφιλονεικοῦντι μὲν τοῖς καλῶς καὶ παρ᾿ Ἕλλησι νενοημένοις οὐδὲ κατηγοροῦντι τῶν ὑγιῶν δογμάτων βουλομένῳ δὲ παραστῆσαι ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἔτι μείζονα καὶ θειότερα λέλεκται μὲν παρὰ τοῖς θείοις ἀνδράσι, προφήταις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀποστόλοις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐξετάζεται δὲ παρὰ τοῖς τελειότερον χριστιανίζειν ἐθέλουσι καὶ ἐπισταμένοις ὅτι „στόμα δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ λαλήσει κρίσιν· ὁ νόμος τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ᾿ οἷς εἴτε διὰ πολλὴν ἰδιωτείαν εἴτε δι᾿ ἁπλότητα εἴτε καὶ δι᾿ ἀπορίαν τῶν προτρεψάντων [μὲν] ἐπὶ τὴν λογικὴν εὐσέβειαν ταῦτα μὲν οὐ τετράνωται θεὸς δὲ ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι πιστεύεται καὶ ὁ τούτου „μονογενὴς υἱὸς“ λόγος καὶ θεὸς, εὑρεθείη ἂν σεμνότητος καὶ καθαρότητος καὶ ἤθους ἀφέλεια καὶ ἁπλότης πολλάκις κρείττων, ἣν οἱ „φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ“ μὴ ἀνειληφότες ἐγκαλινδοῦνται μετὰ παίδων ἐν οἷς οὐ θέμις, „ἄῤῥενες ἐν ἄῤῥεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι.“

7.50 Chapter L

Celsus has not explained how error accompanies the “becoming,” or product of generation; nor has he expressed himself with sufficient clearness to enable us to compare his ideas with ours, and to pass judgment on them. But the prophets, who have given some wise suggestions on the subject of things produced by generation, tell us that a sacrifice for sin was offered even for new-born infants, as not being free from sin. They say, “I was shapen in iniquity, and in sin did my mother conceive me;” also, “They are estranged from the womb;” which is followed by the singular expression, “They go astray as soon as they are born, speaking lies.” Besides, our wise men have such a contempt for all sensible objects, that sometimes they speak of all material things as vanity: thus, “For the creature was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him that subjected the same in hope;” at other times as vanity of vanities, “Vanity of vanities, saith the Preacher, all is vanity.” Who has given so severe an estimate of the life of the human soul here on earth, as he who says: “Verily every man at his best estate is altogether vanity?” He does not hesitate at all as to the difference between the present life of the soul and that which it is to lead hereafter. He does not say, “Who knows if to die is not to live, and if to live is not death” But he boldly proclaims the truth, and says, “Our soul is bowed down to the dust;” and, “Thou hast brought me into the dust of death;” and similarly, “Who will deliver me from the body of this death?” also, “Who will change the body of our humiliation.” It is a prophet also who says, “Thou hast brought us down in a place of affliction;” meaning by the “place of affliction” this earthly region, to which Adam, that is to say, man, came after he was driven out of paradise for sin. Observe also how well the different life of the soul here and hereafter has been recognised by him who says, “Now we see in a glass, obscurely, but then face to face;” and, “Whilst we are in our home in the body, we are away from our home in the Lord;” wherefore “we are well content to go from our home in the body, and to come to our home with the Lord.”

Ὁ μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἐσαφήνισε, πῶς μετὰ γενέσεώς ἐστι πλάνη, οὐδὲ παρέστησεν ὅ τι περ ἐβούλετο, ἵνα κατανοήσωμεν συγκρίνοντες τὰ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἡμετέροις· οἱ δὲ προφῆται, αἰνιττόμενοι ὅ τι περὶ τῶν γενέσεως πραγμάτων σοφὸν, θυσίαν „περὶ ἁμαρτίας“ λέγουσιν ἀναφέρεσθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄρτι γεγενημένων ὡς οὐ καθαρῶν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τό· „ἐν ἀνομίαις συνελήφθην, καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐκίσσησέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποφαίνονται ὅτι „ἀπηλλοτριώθησαν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀπὸ μήτρας,“ παραδόξως λέγοντες καὶ τό· „ἐπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ γαστρὸς, ἐλάλησαν ψευδῆ.“

οὕτω δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν διαβάλλουσιν οἱ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς σοφοὶ φύσιν, ὥστε πῇ μὲν ματαιότητα εἰρῆσθαι τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ „τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη οὐχ ἑκοῦσα ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι,“ πῇ δὲ ματαιότητα „ματαιοτήτων“ (ὧν) εἶπεν ὁ ἐκκλησιαστής· „ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης.“ τίς δ᾿ οὕτω διαβέβληκε τὴν ἐνταῦθα τῆς ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς ζωὴν, ὡς ὁ εἰπών· „πλὴν τὰ σύμπαντα ματαιότης. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν;“ οὐ γὰρ ἐδίστασε περὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς τοῦ ζῆν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἔξω τῶν ἐνθάδε, οὐδ᾿ ἔλεγε μέν· τίς οἶδεν εἰ τὸ ζῆν μέν ἐστι κατθανεῖν, τὸ κατθανεῖν δὲ ζῆν; θαῤῥεῖ δὲ λέγειν τὰ ἀληθῆ ἐν τῷ „ἐταπεινώθη εἰς χοῦν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν“ καὶ „εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με“· καθὸ καὶ τὸ „τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου;“ λέλεκται καὶ τὸ „ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν.“ προφήτης δέ ἐστι καὶ ὁ εἰπὼν τό· „ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως.“ „κακώσεως“ τόπον λέγων τὸν περίγειον τόπον, ἐφ ὃν ἐκβληθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ παραδείσου διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἐλήλυθεν ὁ Ἀδὰμ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος. καὶ ὁ λέγων δὲ ὅτι „βλέπομεν ἄρτι δι᾿ ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον.“ ἔτι δὲ καὶ τό· „ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου,“ διὸ „εὐδοκοῦμεν ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον,“ ὅρα πηλίκα περὶ τῆς διαφόρου ζωῆς τῶν ψυχῶν τεθεωρήκει.

7.51 Chapter LI

But what need is there to quote any more passages against Celsus, in order to prove that his words contain nothing which was not said long before among themselves, since that has been sufficiently established by what we have said? It seems that what follows has some reference to this: “If you think that a Divine Spirit has descended from God to announce divine things to men, it is doubtless this same Spirit that reveals these truths; and it was under the same influence that men of old made known many important truths.” But he does not know how great is the difference between those things and the clear and certain teaching of those who say to us, “Thine incorruptible spirit is in all things, wherefore God chasteneth them by little and little that offend;” and of those who, among their other instructions, teach us that words, “Receive ye the Holy Ghost,” refer to a degree of spiritual influence higher than that in the passage, “Ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence.” But it is a difficult matter, even after much careful consideration, to perceive the difference between those who have received a knowledge of the truth and a notion of God at different intervals and for short periods of time, and those who are more fully inspired by God, who have constant communion with Him, and are always led by His Spirit. Had Celsus set himself to understand this, he would not have reproached as with ignorance, or forbidden us to characterize as “blind” those who believe that religion shows itself in such products of man’s mechanical art as images. For every one who sees with the eyes of his soul serves the Divine Being in no other way than in that which leads him ever to have regard to the Creator of all, to address his prayers to Him alone, and to do all things as in the sight of God, who sees us altogether, even to our thoughts. Our earnest desire then is both to see for ourselves, and to be leaders of the blind, to bring them to the Word of God, that He may take away from their minds the blindness of ignorance. And if our actions are worthy of Him who taught His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world,” and of the Word, who says, “The light shineth in darkness,” then we shall be light to those who are in darkness; we shall give wisdom to those who are without it, and we shall instruct the ignorant.

Καὶ τί με δεῖ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀντιπαρατιθέναι τῇ λέξει Κέλσου. ὡς πολλῷ πρότερον τούτων παρ᾿ ἡμῖν λελεγμένων, ὅτε καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων σαφές ἐστι τὸ βούλημα ἡμῶν; ἐν τούτοις δὲ καὶ οἱονεὶ τίθησιν, εἰπὼν πνεῦμα θεῖον κατιὸν ἐκ θεοῦ προαγγέλλειν τὰ θεῖα, τοῦτ᾿ ἂν εἴη τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ταῦτα κηρύττον. οὗ δὴ πλησθέντες ἄνδρες παλαιοὶ πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ ἤγγειλαν. οὐκ εἶδε δὲ διαφορὰν τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἠκριβωμένων. τοῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι καὶ „τὸ ἄφθαρτόν σου πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἐν πᾶσι. διὸ τοὺς παραπίπτοντας κατ᾿ ὀλίγον“ ἐλέγχει ὁ θεὸς, φάσκουσι δὲ ἄλλα καὶ τὸ „λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον“ τὴν ποσότητα τοῦ διδομένου ἑτέραν ἐμφαίνειν παρὰ τὴν δηλουμένην ἐκ τοῦ „βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας.“

ἔργον δέ ἐστι ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιμελῶς νοήσαντα ἰδεῖν διαφορὰν τῶν ἐκ διαλειμμάτων πλειόνων χωρησάντων τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας κατάληψιν (καὶ) βραχεῖαν ἐπίνοιαν θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ πλεῖον θεοφορηθέντων καὶ ἀεὶ μετὰ θεοῦ ἑστηκότων καὶ διὰ παντὸς ὑπὸ θείου πνεύματος ἀγομένων· ὅπερ εἰ ἦν ἐξετασθὲν καὶ νενοημένον Κέλσῳ, οὐκ (ἂν) ἀμαθίαν ἡμῖν ἐνεκάλει οὐδὲ προσέταττε μὴ λέγειν τυφλώττειν τοὺς ἐν ὑλικαῖς τέχναις ἀνθρώπων, ταῖς κατὰ τὰ ἀγάλματα, οἰομένους ἐνδείκνυσθαι τὴν εὐσέβειαν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ βλέπων τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ σέβει τὸ θεῖον παρὰ τὸν ὑποδεικνύντα ἐνορᾶν ἀεὶ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς δημιουργῷ καὶ πᾶσαν εὐχὴν ἀναφέρειν ἐκείνῳ καὶ πάντα πράττειν ὡς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς θεοῦ, ἐπὶ θεατοῦ, ἐνορῶντος ἡμῶν καὶ τοῖς λογισμοῖς.

εὐχόμεθα οὖν ἡμεῖς καὶ βλέπειν καὶ ὁδηγοὶ εἶναι τυφλῶν, ἕως προσελθόντες τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπολάβωσι τὰς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας τυφλωθείσας ὄψεις τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ποιῶμεν ἄξια τοῦ εἰπόντος τοῖς μαθηταῖς· „ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου“ καὶ τοῦ διδάξαντος λόγου ὅτι „τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει,“ ἐσόμεθα καὶ „φῶς“ τῶν ἐν σκότει καὶ παιδεύσομεν τοὺς ἄφρονας καὶ διδάξομεν τοὺς νηπίους.

7.52 Chapter LII

And let not Celsus be angry if we describe as lame and mutilated in soul those who run to the temples as to places having a real sacredness and who cannot see that no mere mechanical work of man can be truly sacred. Those whose piety is grounded on the teaching of Jesus also run until they come to the end of their course, when they can say in all truth and confidence: “I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith; henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness.” And each of us runs “not as uncertain,” and he so fights with evil “not as one beating the air,” but as against those who are subject to “the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience.” Celsus may indeed say of us that we “live with the body which is a dead thing;” but we have learnt, “If ye live after the flesh, ye shall die; but if ye by the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body, ye shall live;” and, “If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit.” Would that we might convince him by our actions that he did us wrong, when he said that we “live with the body which is dead!”

Μὴ ἀγανακτείτω δὲ Κέλσος, ἐπὰν χωλοὺς λέγωμεν καὶ τὰς βάσεις τῆς ψυχῆς πεπηρωμένους τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἱερὰ ὡς ἀληθινὰ ἱερὰ σπεύδοντας καὶ μὴ ὁρῶντας ὅτι οὐδὲν βαναύσων ἔργον δύναται εἶναι ἱερόν. τρέχουσι δὲ καὶ οἱ κατὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν Ἰησοῦ εὐσεβοῦντες, ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος φθάσαντες δρόμου εἴπωσιν ἐῤῥωμένῃ καὶ ἀληθευούσῃ τῇ διαθέσει· „τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν καλὸν ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα· λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος.“ καὶ ἕκαστός γε ἡμῶν „οὕτως“ τρέχει „ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως“ καὶ „οὕτω“ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν πυκτεύει „ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων“ ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὑπὸ „τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας.“ λεγέτω δ᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος σώματι τῷ νεκρῷ ζῶντας. ἀκούοντας· „εἰ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν· εἰ δὲ πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε, ζήσεσθε,“ καὶ μανθάνοντας τὸ „εἰ πνεύματι ζῶμεν, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν“· εἴη τε τοῖς ἔργοις ἡμᾶς δεικνύναι ψευδόμενον τὸν λέγοντα περὶ ἡμῶν ὅτι τῷ σώματι ζῶμεν τῷ νεκρῷ.

7.53 Chapter LIII

After these remarks of Celsus, which we have done our best to refute, he goes on to address us thus: “Seeing you are so eager for some novelty, how much better it would have been if you had chosen as the object of your zealous homage some one of those who died a glorious death, and whose divinity might have received the support of some myth to perpetuate his memory! Why, if you were not satisfied with Hercules or Æsculapius, and other heroes of antiquity, you had Orpheus, who was confessedly a divinely inspired man, who died a violent death. But perhaps some others have taken him up before you. You may then take Anaxarchus, who, when cast into a mortar, and beaten most barbarously, showed a noble contempt for his suffering, and said, ‘Beat, beat the shell of Anaxarchus, for himself you do not beat,’—a speech surely of a spirit truly divine. But others were before you in following his interpretation of the laws of nature. Might you not, then, take Epictetus, who, when his master was twisting his leg, said, smiling and. unmoved, ‘You will break my leg;’ and when it was broken, he added, ‘Did I not tell you that you would break it?’ What saying equal to these did your god utter under suffering? If you had said even of the Sibyl, whose authority some of you acknowledge, that she was a child of God, you would have said something more reasonable. But you have had the presumption to include in her writings many impious things, and set up as a god one who ended a most infamous life by a most miserable death. How much more suitable than he would have been Jonah in the whale’s belly, or Daniel delivered from the wild beasts, or any of a still more portentous kind!”

Μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν, πρὸς ἃ κατὰ δύναμιν ἀπηντήσαμεν, φησὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς· πόσῳ δ᾿ ἦν ὑμῖν ἄμεινον, ἐπειδή γε καινοτομῆσαί τι ἐπεθυμήσατε, περὶ ἄλλον τινὰ τῶν γενναίως ἀποθανόντων καὶ θεῖον μῦθον δέξασθαι δυναμένων σπουδάσαι; φέρε, εἰ μὴ ἤρεσκεν Ἡρακλῆς καὶ Ἀσκληπιὸς καὶ οἱ πάλαι δεδοξασμένοι, Ὀρφέα εἴχετε, ἄνδρα ὁμολογουμένως ὁσίῳ χρησάμενον πνεύματι καὶ αὐτὸν βιαίως ἀποθανόντα. ἀλλ᾿ ἴσως ὑπ᾿ ἄλλων προείληπτο. Ἀνάξαρχον γοῦν. ὃς εἰς ὅλμον ἐμβληθεὶς καὶ παρανομώτατα συντριβόμενος εὖ μάλα κατεφρόνει τῆς κολάσεως λέγων· „πτίσσε, πτίσσε τὸν Ἀναξάρχου θύλακον, αὐτὸν γὰρ οὐ πτίσσεις“· θείου τινὸς ὡς ἀληθῶς πνεύματος ἡ φωνή. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτῳ φθάσαντές τινες ἠκολούθησαν φυσικοί, οὐκοῦν Ἐπίκτητον; ὃς τοῦ δεσπότου στρεβλοῦντος αὐτοῦ τὸ σκέλος ὑπομειδιῶν ἀνεκπλήκτως ἔλεγε· „κατάσσεις,“ καὶ κατάξαντος „οὐκ ἔλεγον,“ εἶπεν, „ὅτι κατάσσεις;“ τί τοιοῦτον ὁ ὑμέτερος θεὸς κολαζόμενος ἐφθέγξατο; ὑμεῖς δὲ κἂν Σίβυλλαν. ᾗ χρῶνταί τινες ὑμῶν, εἰκότως αν μᾶλλον προεστήσασθε ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ παῖδα· νῦν δὲ παρεγγράφειν μὲν εἰς τὰ ἐκείνης πολλὰ καὶ βλάσφημα εἰκῇ δύνασθε, τὸν δὲ βίῳ μὲν ἐπιῤῥητοτάτῳ θανάτῳ δὲ οἰκτίστῳ χρησάμενον θεὸν τίθεσθε. πόσῳ τοῦδε ἐπιτηδειότερος ἦν ὑμῖν Ἰωνᾶς „ἐπὶ τῇ κολοκύντῃ“ ἢ Δανιὴλ ὁ ἐκ τῶν θηρίων ἢ οἱ τῶνδε ἔτι τερατωδέστεροι;

7.54 Chapter LIV

But since he sends us to Hercules, let him repeat to us any of his sayings, and let him justify his shameful subjection to Omphale. Let him show that divine honours should be paid to one who, like a highway robber, carries off a farmer’s ox by force, and afterwards devours it, amusing himself meanwhile with the curses of the owner; in memory of which even to this day sacrifices offered to the demon of Hercules are accompanied with curses. Again he proposes Æsculapius to us, as if to oblige us to repeat what we have said already; but we forbear. In regard to Orpheus, what does he admire in him to make him assert that, by common consent, he was regarded as a divinely inspired man, and lived a noble life? I am greatly deceived if it is not the desire which Celsus has to oppose us and put down Jesus that leads him to sound forth the praises of Orpheus; and whether, when he made himself acquainted with his impious fables about the gods, he did not cast them aside as deserving, even more than the poems of Homer, to be excluded from a well-ordered state. For, indeed, Orpheus says much worse things than Homer of those whom they call gods. Noble, indeed, it was in Anaxarchus to say to Aristocreon, tyrant of Cyprus, “Beat on, beat the shell of Anaxarchus,” but it is the one admirable incident in the life of Anaxarchus known to the Greeks; and although, on the strength of that, some like Celsus might deservedly honour the man for his courage, yet to look up to Anaxarchus as a god is not consistent with reason. He also directs us to Epictetus, whose firmness is justly admired, although his saying when his leg was broken by his master is not to be compared with the marvellous acts and words of Jesus which Celsus refuses to believe; and these words were accompanied by such a divine power, that even to this day they convert not only some of the more ignorant and simple, but many also of the most enlightened of men.

Ἐπεὶ ουν ἀναπέμπει ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ἀπομνημονεύματα λόγων αὐτοῦ ἡμῖν παραστησάτω καὶ περὶ τῆς παρ᾿ Ὀμφάλῃ ἀσέμνου δουλείας αὐτοῦ ἀπολογησάσθω, δεικνύτω δὲ εἰ θείας τιμῆς ἄξιος ἦν ὁ τοῦ γεωργοῦ βίᾳ καὶ λῃστρικῶς τὸν βοῦν λαβὼν καὶ καταθοινησάμενος καὶ ἡσθεὶς ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἐκεῖνος καταρώμενος ἔλεγε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα· ὡς καὶ μέχρι τοῦδε ἱστορεῖσθαι τὸν Ἡρακλέος δαίμονα λαμβάνειν μετὰ τῶν ἀρῶν τὴν θυσίαν. καλεῖ δ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ταυτολογίαν, προειρηκότας καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ. ἀλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς ἐκείνοις ἀρκούμεθα. τί δὲ καὶ θαυμάσας Ὀρφέως ὁμολογουμένως φησὶν αὐτὸν ὁσίῳ χρησάμενον πνεύματι καλῶς βεβιωκέναι; θαυμάζω δὲ εἰ μὴ καὶ Κέλσος διὰ μὲν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φιλονεικίαν, καὶ ἵνα Ἰησοῦν ἐξευτελίσῃ, νῦν ὑμνεῖ Ὀρφέα, ὅτε δ᾿ ἐνετύγχανεν· αὐτοῦ τοῖς ὡς περὶ θεῶν ἀσεβέσι μύθοις, οὐκ ἀπεστρέφετο τὰ ποιήματα ὡς μᾶλλον καὶ τῶν Ὁμήρου ἄξια ἐκβάλλεσθαι τῆς καλῆς πολιτείας· καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ χείρονα περὶ τῶν νομιζομένων εἶπε θεῶν Ὀρφεὺς ἢ Ὅμηρος.

γενναῖος μὲν οὖν ὁ Ἀνάξαρχος, λέγων τῷ τῆς Κύπρου τυράννῳ Ἀριστοκρέοντι· „πτίσσε, πτίσσε τὸν Ἀναξάρχου θύλακον“· μονογενὲς δὲ τοῦτο περὶ Ἀναξάρχου ἴσασι θαυμαζόμενον Ἕλληνες, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ εἰ καὶ, ὡς Κέλσος, ἀξίως ἐχρῆν τινας σέβειν ἄνθρωπον δι᾿ ἀρετὴν, οὐκ ἦν εὔλογον ἀναγορεύεσθαι τὸν Ἀνάξαρχον θεόν. καὶ ἐπὶ Ἐπίκτητον δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀναπέμπει, θαυμάσας τὸ εὐγενῶς μὲν αὐτῷ λελεγμένον, οὐ μὴν ὥστε παραβληθῆναι αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ κατάξει τοῦ σκέλους λόγον τοῖς παραδόξοις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔργοις ἀπιστουμένοις ὑπὸ Κέλσου καὶ λόγοις, διὰ τὸ καὶ δυνάμει λελέχθαι θείᾳ μέχρι δεῦρο ἐπιστρέφοντας οὐ τῶν ἁπλουστέρων τινὰς μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν συνετωτέρων.

7.55 Chapter LV

When, to his enumeration of those to whom he would send us, he adds, “What saying equal to these did your god utter under sufferings?” we would reply, that the silence of Jesus under scourgings, and amidst all His sufferings, spoke more for His firmness and submission than all that was said by the Greeks when beset by calamity. Perhaps Celsus may believe what was recorded with all sincerity by trustworthy men, who, while giving a truthful account of all the wonders performed by Jesus, specify among these the silence which He preserved when subjected to scourgings; showing the same singular meekness under the insults which were heaped upon Him, when they put upon Him the purple robe, and set the crown of thorns upon His head, and when they put in His hand a reed in place of a sceptre: no unworthy or angry word escaped Him against those who subjected Him to such outrages. Since, then, He received the scourgings with silent firmness, and bore with meekness all the insults of those who outraged Him, it cannot be said, as is said by some, that it was in cowardly weakness that He uttered the words: “Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me: nevertheless, not as I will, but as Thou wilt.” The prayer which seems to be contained in these words for the removal of what He calls “the cup” bears a sense which we have elsewhere examined and set forth at large. But taking it in its more obvious sense, consider if it be not a prayer offered to God with all piety. For no man naturally regards anything which may befall him as necessary and inevitable; though he may submit to what is not inevitable, if occasion requires. Besides, these words, “nevertheless, not as I will, but as Thou wilt,” are not the language of one who yielded to necessity, but of one who was contented with what was befalling Him, and who submitted with reverence to the arrangements of Providence.

Ἐπεὶ δέ φησι μετὰ τὸν κατάλογον τῶν τοσούτων ἀνδρῶν τό· τί τοιοῦτον ὁ ὑμέτερος θεὸς κολαζόμενος ἐφθέγξατο; εἴποιμεν ἂν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι παρὰ ταῖς μάστιξι καὶ ταῖς πολλαῖς αἰκίαις αὐτοῦ σιωπῇ παντὸς τοῦ ἐν Ἕλλησιν ἐν περιστάσεσι τυγχάνοντος φθεγξαμένου μᾶλλον ἐνέφηνε καρτερίαν καὶ ὑπομονήν· εἴ γε κἂν τούτῳ πιστεύειν ὁ Κέλσος βούλεται εὐγνωμόνως ἀναγεγραμμένῳ ὑπὸ φιλαλήθων ἀνδρῶν, τῶν καὶ τὰ παράδοξα ἀψευδῶς εἰρηκότων καὶ τὴν παρὰ ταῖς μάστιξι σιωπὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκείνοις συναριθμησάντων. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμπαιζόμενος καὶ ἐνδυόμενος τὴν „κοκκίνην χλαμύδα“ καὶ τὸν „ἀκάνθινον στέφανον“ τῇ κεφαλῇ περιτιθέμενος καὶ τὸν „κάλαμον“ λαμβάνων ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς ἀντὶ σκήπτρου ἄκρᾳ πρᾳότητι ἐχρήσατο, μηδὲν μηδ᾿ ἀγενὲς μηδ᾿ ἀγανακτητικὸν εἰπὼν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, τοσαῦτα κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ τολμήσαντας.

οὐκ ἦν οὖν κατὰ τὸν ἀπὸ καρτερίας παρὰ ταῖς μάστιξι σιωπήσαντα καὶ ἀπὸ πρᾳότητος πάντα ὑπομένοντα τὰ παρὰ τῶν ἐμπαιζόντων προσαγόμενα εἰρηκέναι ἀπὸ ἀγεννείας, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, καὶ τό· „πάτερ, εἰ δυνατὸν, τὸ ποτήριον παρελθέτω τοῦτο ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ· πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς σύ.“ ἔχει μὲν οὖν λόγον ἡ δοκοῦσα ὑποπαραίτησις εἶναι τοῦ καλουμένου ποτηρίου, ὃν ἐν ἄλλοις ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐξητάσαμεν καὶ ἀποδεδώκαμεν. ἵνα δ᾿ ἁπλούστερον ἀκούσωμεν τοῦ λελεγμένου. ὅρα εἰ μὴ μετὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ εἴρηται, παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν τὸ περιστατικὸν οὐ προηγούμενον εἶναι νομίζοντος, ἀλλ᾿ ὑπομένοντος τὸ μὴ προηγουμένως συμβαῖνον, ὅταν καιρὸς καλῇ. ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐνδεδωκότος ην ἡ φωνὴ, εὐαρεστουμένου δὲ τοῖς συμβαίνουσι καὶ προτιμῶντος τὰ ἀπὸ προνοίας περιστατικὰ ἡ λέγουσα φωνή· „πλὴν οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ.“

7.56 Chapter LVI

Celsus then adds, for what reason I know not, that instead of calling Jesus the Son of God, we had better have given that honour to the Sibyl, in whose books he maintains we have interpolated many impious statements, though he does not mention what those interpolations are. He might have proved his assertion by producing some older copies which are free from the interpolations which he attributes to us; but he does not do so even to justify his statement that these passages are of an impious character. Moreover, he again speaks of the life of Jesus as “a most infamous life,” as he has done before, not once or twice, but many times, although he does not stay to specify any of the actions of His life which he thinks most infamous. He seems to think that he may in this way make assertions without proving them, and rail against one of whom he knows nothing. Had he set himself to show what sort of infamy he found in the actions of Jesus, we should have repelled the several charges brought against Him. Jesus did indeed meet with a most sad death; but the same might be said of Socrates, and of Anaxarchus, whom he had just mentioned, and a multitude of others. If the death of Jesus was a miserable one, was not that of the others so too? And if their death was not miserable, can it be said that the death of Jesus was? You see from this, then, that the object of Celsus is to vilify the character of Jesus; and I can only suppose that he is driven to it by some spirit akin to those whose power has been broken and vanquished by Jesus, and which now finds itself deprived of the smoke and blood on which it lived, whilst deceiving those who sought for God here upon earth in images, instead of looking up to the true God, the Governor of all things.

Εἶτ᾿ οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ἐβούλετο ἡμᾶς μᾶλλον Σίβυλλαν ἀναγορεῦσαι παῖδα θεοῦ ἢ Ἰησοῦν, ἀποφηνάμενος ὅτι παρενεγράψαμεν εἰς τὰ ἐκείνης πολλὰ καὶ βλάσφημα καὶ μὴ ἀποδείξας μηδ᾿ ὅ τι παρενεγράψαμεν. ἀπέδειξε δ᾿ ἂν, εἰ τὰ ἀρχαιότερα καθαρώτερα ἐδείκνυε καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντα ἅπερ οἴεται παρεγγεγράφθαι· μὴ ἀποδείξας δὲ μηδ᾿ ὅτι βλάσφημά ἐστι ταῦτα, εἶτα πάλιν οὐ δὶς οὐδὲ τρὶς ἀλλὰ δὴ πολλάκις ἐπιῤῥητότατον εἶπε τὸν Ἰησοῦ βίον, οὐ στὰς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ αὐτοῦ πεπραγμένων καὶ νομιζομένων εἶναι ἐπιῤῥητοτάτων, ἵνα τοῦτ᾿ εἰπὼν δόξῃ μὴ μόνον ἀναποδείκτως ἀποφαίνεσθαι (ἀλλὰ) καὶ λοιδορεῖν ὃν οὐκ ἐπίσταται. εἰ γὰρ τὰ εἴδη τοῦ ἐπιῤῥητοτάτου βίου ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ φαινόμενα αὐτῷ ἐκτιθέμενος ἦν, κἂν ἠγωνισάμεθα πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι αὐτῷ ἐπιῤῥητοτάτων.

τὸ δὲ καὶ θανάτῳ οἰκτίστῳ κεχρῆσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν δύναιτ᾿ ἂν λέγεσθαι καὶ περὶ Σωκράτους καὶ περὶ Ἀναξάρχου, οὗ πρὸ βραχέος ἐμνημόνευσε, καὶ περὶ ἄλλων μυρίων. ἢ οἴκτιστος μέν ἐστιν ὁ Ἰησοῦ θάνατος, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐκείνων; ἢ ὁ ἐκείνων μὲν οὐκ οἴκτιστος, ὁ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οἴκτιστος; ὁρᾷς οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὅτι σκοπὸς ἦν τῷ Κέλσῳ τὸ διαλοιδορεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, κινουμένῳ οἶμαι ὑπό τινος πνεύματος, καταλυθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ καθαιρεθέντος. ἵνα μηκέτι ἔχῃ κνίσσας καὶ αἵματα, οἷς τρεφόμενον ἠπάτα τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἀγάλμασι ζητοῦντας θεὸν καὶ μὴ ἀναβλέποντας εἰς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀληθῶς θεόν.

7.57 Chapter LVII

After this, as though his object was to swell the size of his book, he advises us “to choose Jonah rather than Jesus as our God;” thus setting Jonah, who preached repentance to the single city of Nineveh, before Jesus, who has preached repentance to the whole world, and with much greater results. He would have us to regard as God a man who, by a strange miracle, passed three days and three nights in the whale’s belly; and he is unwilling that He who submitted to death for the sake of men, He to whom God bore testimony through the prophets, and who has done great things in heaven and earth, should receive on that ground honour second only to that which is given to the Most High God. Moreover, Jonah was swallowed by the whale for refusing to preach as God had commanded him; while Jesus suffered death for men after He had given the instructions which God wished Him to give. Still further, he adds that Daniel rescued from the lions is more worthy of our adoration than Jesus, who subdued the fierceness of every opposing power, and gave to us “authority to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy.” Finally, having no other names to offer us, he adds, “and others of a still more monstrous kind,” thus casting a slight upon both Jonah and Daniel, for the spirit which is in Celsus cannot speak well of the righteous.

Εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς ὡσπερεὶ σκοπὸν ἔχων τὸ συμπληροῦν βιβλίον ἐβούλετο ἡμᾶς μᾶλλον τὸν Ἰωνᾶν νομίσαι θεὸν ἤπερ Ἰησοῦν, Ἰωνᾶν, τὸν κηρύξαντα μετάνοιαν μιᾷ πόλει τῇ Νινευὴ, προκρίνων Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ κηρύξαντος μετάνοιαν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐκείνου ἀνύσαντος. καὶ τὸν μὲν „ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους“ τεραστίως ποιήσαντα καὶ παραδόξως „τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας“ ἐβούλετο ἡμᾶς ἀναγορεῦσαι θεὸν, τὸν δ᾿ ἀναδεξάμενον ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἀποθανεῖν οὐκ ἤθελε Κέλσος, μαρτυρούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ἄξιον εἶναι τῆς δευτερευούσης μετὰ τὸν θεὸν τῶν ὅλων, δι᾿ ἃ ἐποίησεν ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἀνδραγαθήματα, τιμῆς. καὶ Ἰωνᾶς μὲν, ἵνα ·μὴ κηρύξῃ τὸ προστεταγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, κατεπόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ κήτους, Ἰησοῦς δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἐδίδαξεν ἅπερ ὁ θεὸς ἐβούλετο, τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων θάνατον ἀνεδέξατο.

ἑξῆς δέ φησιν ὅτι ἔδει μᾶλλον τὸν Δανιὴλ, ἀναβάντα ἀπὸ τῶν λεόντων, προσκυνεῖσθαι ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἤπερ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. τὴν ἀγριότητα πάσης δυνάμεως ἀντικειμένης καταπατήσαντα καὶ ἡμῖν δόντα „ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ“. εἶτα μὴ ἔχων ἄλλους λέγειν φησίν· ἢ οἱ τῶνδε ἔτι τερατωδέστεροι, ἅμα ἵνα λοιδορήσῃ τὸν Ἰωνᾶν καὶ τὸν Δανιήλ· τὸ γὰρ ἐν Κέλσῳ πνεῦμα εὐλογεῖν δικαίους οὐκ ἠπίστατο.

7.58 Chapter LVIII

Let us now consider what follows. “They have also,” says he, “a precept to this effect, that we ought not to avenge ourselves on one who injures us, or, as he expresses it, ‘Whosoever shall strike thee on the one cheek, turn to him the other also.’ This is an ancient saying, which had been admirably expressed long before, and which they have only reported in a coarser way. For Plato introduces Socrates conversing with Crito as follows: ‘Must we never do injustice to any?’ ‘Certainly not.’ ‘And since we must never do injustice, must we not return injustice for an injustice that has been done to us, as most people think?’ ‘It seems to me that we should not.’ ‘But tell me, Crito, may we do evil to any one or not?’ ‘Certainly not, O Socrates.’ ‘Well, is it just, as is commonly said, for one who has suffered wrong to do wrong in return, or is it unjust?’ ‘It is unjust. Yes; for to do harm to a man is the same as to do him injustice.’ ‘You speak truly. We must then not do injustice in return for injustice, nor must we do evil to any one, whatever evil we may have suffered from him.’ Thus Plato speaks; and he adds, ‘Consider, then, whether you are at one with me, and whether, starting from this principle, we may not come to the conclusion that it is never right to do injustice, even in return for an injustice which has been received; or whether, on the other hand, you differ from me, and do not admit the principle from which we started. That has always been my opinion, and is so still.’ Such are the sentiments of Plato, and indeed they were held by divine men before his time. But let this suffice as one example of the way in which this and other truths have been borrowed and corrupted. Any one who wishes can easily by searching find more of them.”

Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἴδωμεν καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς αὐτοῦ λέξιν οὕτως ἔχουσαν· ἔστιν αὐτοῖς καὶ τοιόνδε παράγγελμα, τὸν ὑβρίζοντα μὴ ἀμύνεσθαι· κἂν τύπτῃ, φησὶ, τὴν ἑτέραν γνάθον, σὺ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην πάρεχε. ἀρχαῖον καὶ τοῦτο, εὖ μάλα πρόσθεν εἰρημένον, ἀγροικότερον δ᾿ αὐτὸ ἀπεμνημόνευσαν. ἐπεὶ καὶ Πλάτωνι πεποίηται Σωκράτης Κρίτωνι διαλεγόμενος τάδε· „οὐδαμῶς ἄρα δεῖ ἀδικεῖν. οὐ δῆτα. οὐδ᾿ ἀδικούμενον ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ οἴονται. ἐπειδή γε οὐδαμῶς δεῖ ἀδικεῖν. οὐ φαίνεται. τί δὲ δή; κακουργεῖν δεῖ, ὦ Κρίντων. ἢ οὔ; οὐ δεῖ δή που, ὦ Σώκρατες. τί δέ; ἀντικακουργεῖν καὶ κακῶς πάσχοντα, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασι, δίκαιον ἢ οὐ δίκαιον; οὐδαμῶς. τὸ γάρ που κακῶς ποιεῖν ἀνθρώπους τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲν διαφέρει. ἀληθῆ λέγεις. οὔτε ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ οὐδὲ κακῶς ποιεῖν οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδα᾿ ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ παρ᾿ αὐτῶν.“ ταῦτά φησιν ὁ Πλάτων καὶ αὖθις τάδε· „σκόπει οὖν δὴ καὶ σὺ εὖ μάλα. πότερον κοινωνεῖς καὶ συνδοκεῖ σοι, καὶ ἀρχώμεθα ἐντεῦθεν βουλευόμενοι, ὡς οὐδέποτε ὀρθῶς ἔχοντος οὔτε τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ ἀνταδικεῖν οὔτε κακῶς πάσχοντα ἀμύνεσθαι ἀντιδρῶντα κακῶς· ἢ ἀφίστασαι καὶ οὐ κοινωνεῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάλαι οὕτως καὶ νῦν ἔτι δοκεῖ.“ Πλάτωνι μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἤρεσεν, ἦν δὲ καὶ πρόσθεν ἔτι θείοις ἀνδράσι δεδογμένα. ἀλλὰ τῶνδε μὲν πέρι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων. ὅσα παραφθείρουσιν, ἀρκείτω τὰ εἰρημένα· καὶ ὅτῳ φίλον ἐπὶ πλεῖόν τι αὐτῶν ζητεῖν, εἴσεται.

7.59 Chapter LIX

When Celsus here or elsewhere finds himself unable to dispute the truth of what we say, but avers that the same things were said by the Greeks, our answer is, that if the doctrine be sound, and the effect of it good, whether it was made known to the Greeks by Plato or any of the wise men of Greece, or whether it was delivered to the Jews by Moses or any of the prophets, or whether it was given to the Christians in the recorded teaching of Jesus Christ, or in the instructions of His apostles, that does not affect the value of the truth communicated. It is no objection to the principles of Jews or Christians, that the same things were also said by the Greeks, especially if it be proved that the writings of the Jews are older than those of the Greeks. And further, we are not to imagine that a truth adorned with the graces of Grecian speech is necessarily better than the same when expressed in the more humble and unpretending language used by Jews and Christians, although indeed the language of the Jews, in which the prophets wrote the books which have come down to us, has a grace of expression peculiar to the genius of the Hebrew tongue. And even if we were required to show that the same doctrines have been better expressed among the Jewish prophets or in Christian writings, however paradoxical it may seem, we are prepared to prove this by an illustration taken from different kinds of food, and from the different modes of preparing them. Suppose that a kind of food which is wholesome and nutritious has been prepared and seasoned in such a way as to be fit, not for the simple tastes of peasants and poor labourers, but for those only who are rich and dainty in their tastes. Suppose, again, that that same food is prepared not to suit the tastes of the more delicate, but for the peasants, the poor labourers, and the common people generally, in short, so that myriads of persons might eat of it. Now if, according to the supposition, the food prepared in the one way promotes the health of those only who are styled the better classes, while none of the others could taste it, whereas when prepared in the other way it promoted the health of great multitudes of men, which shall we esteem as most contributing to the public welfare,—those who prepare food for persons of mark, or those who prepare it for the multitudes?—taking for granted that in both cases the food is equally wholesome and nourishing; while it is evident that the welfare of mankind and the common good are promoted better by that physician who attends to the health of the many, than by one who confines his attention to a few.

Πρὸς τοῦτο δὴ καὶ πρὸς πάντα, ὅσα ἐκοινοποίησεν ὁ Κέλσος, μὴ δυνηθεὶς αὐτῶν ἀντιβλέψαι τῇ ἀληθότητι, φάσκων αὐτὰ καὶ παρ᾿ Ἕλλησιν εἰρῆσθαι, τοιαῦτα λεκτέον· εἰ ὠφέλιμόν ἐστι τὸ δόγμα καὶ τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ ὑγιὲς, εἴρηται δὲ Ἕλλησι μὲν παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἤ τινι τῶν Ἑλλήνων σοφῶν, Ἰουδαίοις δὲ παρὰ Μωϋσεῖ ἤ τινι τῶν προφητῶν, Χριστιανοῖς δὲ (ἐν) τοῖς ἀναγραφεῖσιν Ἰησοῦ λόγοις ἢ λελεγμένοις παρά τινι τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ· οὐ νομιστέον κατηγορεῖσθαι τὸ λεγόμενον παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἢ παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς ἐκ τοῦ καὶ παρ᾿ Ἕλλησιν αὐτὰ εἰρῆσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν ἀποδεικνύηται τὰ Ἰουδαίων πρεσβύτερα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν. οὐδὲ πάλιν ὑπὸ τοῦ κάλλους τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς φράσεως λεγόμενον τὸ αὐτὸ πάντως κρεῖττον εἶναι νομιστέον τοῦ εὐτελέστερον ἀπαγγελλομένου καὶ ἁπλουστέραις λέξεσι παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἢ Χριστιανοῖς· καίτοι γε ἡ πρώτη Ἰουδαίων λέξις, ᾗ οἱ προφῆται χρησάμενοι καταλελοίπασιν ἡμῖν βιβλία. Ἑβραίων διαλέκτῳ καὶ σοφῇ συνθέσει τῶν ἐν τῇ διαλέκτῳ κατ᾿ ἐκείνους ἀναγέγραπται.

εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων ταυτότητα, κἂν παράδοξος ὁ λόγος εἶναι δοκῇ, δεῖξαι βέλτιον εἰρημένην παρὰ τοῖς Ἰουδαίων προφήταις ἢ τοῖς λόγοις Χριστιανῶν, οὕτω τὸν λόγον κατασκευαστέον ἀπό τινος τοῦ περὶ τὰς τροφὰς καὶ τὴν σκευασίαν αὐτῶν παραδείγματος. ἔστω τι ὑγιεινὸν βρῶμα καὶ ἰσχύος τοῖς ἐσθίουσιν ἐμποιητικὸν. τοῦτο δὲ οὕτως μὲν σκευασθὲν καὶ τοιοῖσδε ἡδύσμασιν ἀρτυθὲν λαμβανέτωσαν οὐχ οἱ μὴ μανθάνοντες ἄγροικοι καὶ ἐν ἐπαύλεσιν ἀνατεθραμμένοι καὶ πένητες τὰ τοιάδε ἐσθίειν ἀλλ᾿ οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ ἁβροδίαιτοι μόνοι· οὐκ ἐκείνως δὲ καὶ ὡς δοκεῖ τοῖς νομιζομένοις καθαριωτέροις σκευασθὲν. ἀλλ᾿ ὡς μεμαθήκασιν ἐσθίειν οἱ πένητες καὶ οἱ ἀγροικότεροι καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἐσθιέτωσαν μυριάδες ὅλαι. εἰ οὖν καὶ διδοῖτο ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς τοιασδὶ σκευασίας (τοὺς) νομιζομένους καθαριωτέρους μόνους ὑγιάζεσθαι. οὐδενὸς τῶν πολλῶν προσβάλλοντος τοῖς τοιοῖσδε βρώμασιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τοιασδὶ τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑγιεινότερον διάγειν· τίνας μᾶλλον τοῦ κοινωνικοῦ ἕνεκεν ἀποδεξόμεθα τῶν ὑγιεινῶν βρωμάτων χάριν; ἆρά γε τοὺς τοῖς λογίοις χρησίμως αὐτὰ σκευάζοντας ἢ τοὺς τοῖς πλήθεσι; τῆς ἴσης (δεδόσθω γὰρ) ὑγιείας καὶ εὐεξίας ἐγγινομένης ἀπὸ τῶν οὑτωσὶ σκευασθέντων ἢ οὑτωσὶ, ἀλλὰ φανερὸν ὅτι αὐτὸ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον καὶ τὸ κοινωνικὸν ὑποβάλλει κοινωφελέστερον εἶναι ἰατρὸν τὸν τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ὑγιείας προνοησάμενον ἤπερ τὸν τῆς ὀλίγων μόνων.

7.60 Chapter LX

Now, after understanding this illustration, we have to apply it to the qualities of spiritual food with which the rational part of man is nourished. See, then, if Plato and the wise men among the Greeks, in the beautiful things they say, are not like those physicians who confine their attentions to what are called the better classes of society, and despise the multitude; whereas the prophets among the Jews, and the disciples of Jesus, who despise mere elegances of style, and what is called in Scripture “the wisdom of men,” “the wisdom according to the flesh,” which delights in what is obscure, resemble those who study to provide the most wholesome food for the largest number of persons. For this purpose they adapt their language and style to the capacities of the common people, and avoid whatever would seem foreign to them, lest by the introduction of strange forms of expression they should produce a distaste for their teaching. Indeed, if the true use of spiritual food, to keep up the figure, is to produce in him who partakes of it the virtues of patience and gentleness, must that discourse not be better prepared when it produces patience and gentleness in multitudes, or makes them grow in these virtues, than that which confines its effects to a select few, supposing that it does really make them gentle and patient? If a Greek wished by wholesome instruction to benefit people who understood only Egyptian or Syriac, the first thing that he would do would be to learn their language; and he would rather pass for a Barbarian among the Greeks, by speaking as the Egyptians or Syrians, in order to be useful to them, than always remain Greek, and be without the means of helping them. In the same way the divine nature, having the purpose of instructing not only those who are reputed to be learned in the literature of Greece, but also the rest of mankind, accommodated itself to the capacities of the simple multitudes whom it addressed. It seeks to win the attention of the more ignorant by the use of language which is familiar to them, so that they may easily be induced, after their first introduction, to strive after an acquaintance with the deeper truths which lie hidden in Scripture. For even the ordinary reader of Scripture may see that it contains many things which are too deep to be apprehended at first; but these are understood by such as devote themselves to a careful study of the divine word, and they become plain to them in proportion to the pains and zeal which they expend upon its investigation.

Εἰ νενόηται δὴ τὸ παράδειγμα. μεταβιβαστέον αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τὴν ποιότητα τῆς τῶν λογικῶν ζῴων λογικῆς τροφῆς. καὶ ὅρα εἰ μὴ Πλάτων μὲν καὶ οἱ Ἑλλήνων σοφοὶ ἐν οἷς λέγουσι καλῶς παραπλήσιοί εἰσι τοῖς προνοησαμένοις ἰατροῖς τῶν καθαριωτέρων εἶναι νομιζομένων μόνων, τοῦ πλήθους (δὲ) τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταφρονήσασιν· οἱ δ᾿ ἐν Ἰουδαίοις προφῆται καὶ οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ, οἱ μακρὰν χαίρειν εἰπόντες τῇ ποικίλῃ τῶν λέξεων συνθέσει καὶ τῇ, ὡς ὠνόμασεν ἡ γραφὴ, „σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων“ καὶ „σοφίᾳ“ „κατὰ σάρκα,“ τὴν γλῶσσαν αἰνισσομένη, ὁμοιωθεῖεν ἂν τοῖς τὴν αὐτὴν τῶν βρωμάτων ποιότητα ὑγιεινοτάτην προνοησαμένοις συνθέσει λέξεων σκευάσαι καὶ εὐτρεπίσαι φθανούσῃ ἐπὶ τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μὴ ξενιζούσῃ τὴν διάλεκτον αὐτῶν μηδὲ διὰ τοῦ ξενισμοῦ ἀποστρεφούσῃ ἀκούειν ὡς ἀσυνήθων τῶν τοιῶνδε διαλέξεων. καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ πρόκειται τῷ, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, λογικῷ βρώματι ἀνεξίκακον καὶ πρᾷον ποιῆσαι τὸν ἐμφαγόντα, πῶς οὐ βέλτιον συνεσκευασμένος εἴη ἂν λόγος ὁ πλήθη ἀνεξικάκων καὶ πρᾴων κατασκευάζων ἢ προκοπτόντων γε ἐπὶ ταύτας τὰς ἀρετὰς παρὰ τὸν πάνυ ὀλίγους καὶ εὐαριθμήτους, ἵνα (καὶ τοῦτο) δοθῇ, ἀνεξικάκους καὶ πρᾴους ποιοῦντα;

ὥσπερ δὲ εἰ ὁ (Πλάτων) τοὺς αἰγυπτιάζοντας ἢ τοὺς συριάζοντας ὠφελεῖν ὑγιέσι δόγμασιν ἐβούλετο, Ἕλλην τυγχάνων, προενοήσατο ἂν μαθεῖν τὰς τῶν ἀκουσομένων διαλέκτους καὶ, ὡς Ἕλληνες ὀνομάζουσι, βαρβαρίζειν μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Σύρων βελτιώσεως ἢ Ἕλλην μένων μηδὲν δύνασθαι χρήσιμον λέγειν Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ Σύροις· οὕτως ἡ προνοουμένη θεία φύσις οὐ τῶν πεπαιδεῦσθαι νομιζομένων μόνον τὰ Ἑλλήνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν Ἑλλήνων συγκατέβη τῇ ἰδιωτείᾳ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἀκροωμένων, ἵνα ταῖς συνήθεσιν αὐτοῖς χρησαμένη λέξεσι προκαλέσηται ἐπὶ ἀκρόασιν τὸ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν πλῆθος, δυνάμενον ἐξ εὐχεροῦς μετὰ τὴν ἅπαξ γενομένην εἰσαγωγὴν φιλοτιμήσασθαι πρὸς τὸ καὶ βαθύτερα τῶν κεκρυμμένων νοημάτων ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς καταλαβεῖν. καὶ τῷ τυχόντι γὰρ δῆλον, ταύτας ἀναγινώσκοντι, ὅτι πολλὰ βαθύτερον τοῦ αὐτόθεν ἐμφαινομένου ἔχειν δύναται νοῦν, τοῖς ἀνατιθεῖσιν αὑτοὺς τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ λόγου φανερούμενον. καὶ φανερούμενον> κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς εἰς τὸν λόγον σχολῆς καὶ εἰς τὴν ἄσκησιν αὐτοῦ προθυμίας.

7.61 Chapter LXI

From these remarks it is evident, that when Jesus said “coarsely,” as Celsus terms it, “To him who shall strike thee on the one cheek, turn the other also; and if any man be minded to sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloak also,” He expressed Himself in such a way as to make the precept have more practical effect than the words of Plato in the Crito; for the latter is so far from being intelligible to ordinary persons, that even those have a difficulty in understanding him, who have been brought up in the schools of learning, and have been initiated into the famous philosophy of Greece. It may also be observed, that the precept enjoining patience under injuries is in no way corrupted or degraded by the plain and simple language which our Lord employs, but that in this, as in other cases, it is a mere calumny against our religion which he utters when he says: “But let this suffice as one example of the way in which this and other truths have been borrowed and corrupted. Any one who wishes can easily by searching find more of them.”

Οὐκοῦν κατεσκεύασται ὅτι. ὥς φησι Κέλσος. ἀγροικότεφον εἰπὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· .,τῷ τύπτοντί σε εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην“ „καὶ τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν ἄφες καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον“ βιωφελέστερον κεκίνηκε τὸν λόγον καὶ παρέστησεν οὕτως εἰπὼν ἢ ὡς ἐν τῷ Κρίτωνι Πλάτων, οὗ μηδ᾿ ἀκούειν ἰδιῶται δύνανται ἀλλὰ μόγις οἱ τὰ ἐγκύκλια πρὸ τῆς σεμνῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας μεμαθηκότες. κατανοητέον δὲ καὶ ὅτι οὐ παραφθείρεται ὁ περὶ ἀνεξικακίας νοῦς ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν λέξεων εὐτελείας. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ συκοφαντεῖ τὸν λόγον ὁ Κέλσος λέγων· ἀλλὰ τῶνδε μὲν πέρι καὶ ἄλλων, ὅσα παραφθείρουσιν, ἀρκείτω τὰ εἰρημένα· καὶ ὅτῳ φίλον ἐπὶ πλέον τι αὐτῶν ζητεῖν, εἴσεται.

7.62 Chapter LXII

Let us now see what follows. “Let us pass on,” says he, “to another point. They cannot tolerate temples, altars, or images. In this they are like the Scythians, the nomadic tribes of Libya, the Seres who worship no god, and some other of the most barbarous and impious nations in the world. That the Persians hold the same notions is shown by Herodotus in these words: ‘I know that among the Persians it is considered unlawful to erect images, altars, or temples; but they charge those with folly who do so, because, as I conjecture, they do not, like the Greeks, suppose the gods to be of the nature of men.’ Heraclitus also says in one place: ‘Persons who address prayers to these images act like those who speak to the walls, without knowing who the gods or the heroes are.’ And what wiser lesson have they to teach us than Heraclitus? He certainly plainly enough implies that it is a foolish thing for a man to offer prayers to images, whilst he knows not who the gods and heroes are. This is the opinion of Heraclitus; but as for them, they go further, and despise without exception all images. If they merely mean that the stone, wood, brass, or gold which has been wrought by this or that workman cannot be a god, they are ridiculous with their wisdom. For who, unless he be utterly childish in his simplicity, can take these for gods, and not for offerings consecrated to the service of the gods, or images representing them? But if we are not to regard these as representing the Divine Being, seeing that God has a different form, as the Persians concur with them in saying, then let them take care that they do not contradict themselves; for they say that God made man His own image, and that He gave him a form like to Himself. However, they will admit that these images, whether they are like or not, are made and dedicated to the honour of certain beings. But they will hold that the beings to whom they are dedicated are not gods, but demons, and that a worshipper of God ought not to worship demons.”

Φέρε δὲ ἴδωμεν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἐν οἷς ταῦτά φησι· στῶμεν δ᾿ ἐκεῖθεν· οὐκ ἀνέχονται νεὼς ὁρῶντες καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα. οὐδὲ γὰρ Σκύθαι τοῦτο οὐδὲ Λιβύων οἱ Νομάδες οὐδὲ Σῆρες οἱ ἄθεοι οὐδ᾿ ἄλλα ἔθνη τὰ δυσαγέστατα καὶ ἀνομώτατα. ὅτι δὲ καὶ Πέρσαι οὕτως νομίζουσιν. Ἡρόδοτε ἐν τοῖσδε ἱστορεῖ· „Πέρσας δὲ οἶδα νόμοισι τοῖσδε χρεωμένους, ἀγάλματα μὲν καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ναοὺς οὐκ ἐν νόμῳ ποιευμένους ἱδρύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖσι ποιεῦσι μωρίην ἐπιφέρουσιν· ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέει. διότι οὐκ ἀνθρωποφυέας ἐνόμισαν τοὺς θεοὺς καθάπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες εἶναι.“ καὶ μὴν καὶ Ἡράκλειτος ὧδέ πως ἀποφαίνεται· „καὶ τοῖς ἀγάλμασι τουτέοισιν εὔχονται, ὁκοῖον εἴ τις τοῖς δόμοισι λεσχηνεύοιτο, οὔ τι γινώσκων θεοὺς οὐδ᾿ ἥρωας. οἵτινές εἰσι.“ τί γοῦν σοφώτερον τοῦ Ἡρακλείτου ἡμᾶς διδάσκουσιν; ὁ μέν γε μάλα ἀποῤῥήτως ὑποσημαίνει ἠλίθιον τὸ „τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν“ εὔχεσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ γινώσκῃ τις „θεοὺς καὶ ἥρωας. οἵτινές εἰσιν.“

Ἡράκλειτος μὲν οὕτως· οἱ δὲ ἄντικρυς τὰ ἀγάλματα ἀτιμάζουσιν. εἰ μὲν ὅτι λίθος ἢ ξύλον ἢ χαλκὸς ἢ χρυσὸς. ὃν ὁ δεῖνα ἢ ὁ δεῖνα εἰργάσατο, οὐκ ἂν εἴη θεὸς. γελοία ἡ σοφία. τίς γὰρ καὶ ἄλλος εἰ μὴ πάντῃ νήπιος ταῦτα ἡγεῖται θεοὺς ἀλλὰ θεῶν ἀναθήματα καὶ ἀγάλματα; εἰ δ᾿ ὅτι μηδὲ θείας εἰκόνας ὑποληπτέον. ἄλλην γὰρ εἶναι θεοῦ μορφὴν. ὥσπερ καὶ Πέρσαις δοκεῖ· λελήθασιν αὐτοὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχοντες, ὅταν φῶσιν ὅτι „ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ ἰδίαν „εἰκόνα“ τὸ δὲ εἶδος ὅμοιον ἑαυτῷ. ἀλλὰ συνθήσονται μὲν εἶναι ταῦτα ἐπὶ τιμῇ τινων, ἢ ὁμοίων ἢ ἀνομοίων τὸ εἶδος, οὔτε δὲ θεοὺς εἶναι, οἷς ταῦτα ἀνάκειται, ἀλλὰ δαίμονας, οὐδὲ χρῆναι θεραπεύειν δαίμονας ὅστις σέβει θεόν.

7.63 Chapter LXIII

To this our answer is, that if the Scythians, the nomadic tribes of Libya, the Seres, who according to Celsus have no god, if those other most barbarous and impious nations in the world, and if the Persians even cannot bear the sight of temples, altars, and images, it does not follow because we cannot suffer them any more than they, that the grounds on which we object to them are the same as theirs. We must inquire into the principles on which the objection to temples and images is founded, in order that we may approve of those who object on sound principles, and condemn those whose principles are false. For one and the same thing may be done for different reasons. For example, the philosophers who follow Zeno of Citium abstain from committing adultery, the followers of Epicurus do so too, as well as others again who do so on no philosophical principles; but observe what different reasons determine the conduct of these different classes. The first consider the interests of society, and hold it to be forbidden by nature that a man who is a reasonable being should corrupt a woman whom the laws have already given to another, and should thus break up the household of another man. The Epicureans do not reason in this way; but if they abstain from adultery, it is because, regarding pleasure as the chief end of man, they perceive that one who gives himself up to adultery, encounters for the sake of this one pleasure a multitude of obstacles to pleasure, such as imprisonment, exile, and death itself. They often, indeed, run considerable risk at the outset, while watching for the departure from the house of the master and those in his interest. So that, supposing it possible for a man to commit adultery, and escape the knowledge of the husband, of his servants, and of others whose esteem he would forfeit, then the Epicurean would yield to the commission of the crime for the sake of pleasure. The man of no philosophical system, again, who abstains from adultery when the opportunity comes to him, does so generally from dread of the law and its penalties, and not for the sake of enjoying a greater number of other pleasures. You see, then, that an act which passes for being one and the same—namely, abstinence from adultery—is not the same, but differs in different men according to the motives which actuate it: one man refraining for sound reasons, another for such bad and impious ones as those of the Epicurean, and the common person of whom we have spoken.

Καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ λεκτέον ὅτι, εἴπερ Σκύθαι καὶ Λιβύων οἱ Νομάδες καὶ Σῆρες, οὕς φησιν ἀθέους εἶναι ὁ Κέλσος. καὶ ἄλλα ἔθνη δυσαγέστατα καὶ ἀνομώτατα ἀλλὰ καὶ Πέρσαι οὐκ ἀνέχονται νεὼς ὁρῶντες καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα, οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο ἴσον ἐστὶ τὸ μὴ ἀνέχεσθαι τούτων ἐκείνους τῷ καὶ ἡμᾶς μὴ ἀνέχεσθαι αὐτῶν. ἐξεταστέον γὰρ τὰ δόγματα, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ὁρμώμενοι οὐκ ἀνέχονται ναῶν καὶ ἀγαλμάτων οἱ μὴ ἀνεχόμενοί γε αὐτῶν· ἵν᾿, εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ ὑγιῶν δογμάτων οὐκ ἀνέχεται. ἐπαινῆται ὁ μὴ ἀνεχόμενος, εἰ δ᾿ ἀπὸ ἐσφαλμένων, ψέγηται.

δυνατὸν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ἀπὸ διαφόρων δογμάτων γίνεσθαι. οἷον ἐπὶ παραδείγματος ἐκκλίνουσι τὸ μοιχεύειν οἱ τὰ τοῦ Κιτιέως Ζήνωνος φιλοσοφοῦντες ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τὰ Ἐπικούρου τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν παντελῶς ἰδιωτῶν. ἀλλ᾿ ὅρα ὅση διαφωνία ἐστὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ μοιχεύειν ἐκκλίσεως τῶν τοσούτων· οἱ μὲν διὰ τὸ κοινωνικὸν καὶ παρὰ φύσιν εἶναι τῷ λογικῷ ζῴῳ νοθεύειν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων ἑτέρῳ προκαταληφθεῖσαν γυναῖκα καὶ φθείρειν τὸν ἄλλου ἀνθρώπου οἶκον, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἐπικούρου οὐ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μοιχεύουσιν, ὅτε ἀπέχονται τοῦ μοιχεύειν. ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ νενομικέναι τέλος τὴν ἡδονὴν, πολλὰ δ᾿ ἀπαντᾶν κωλυτικὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς τῷ εἴξαντι μιᾷ τῇ τοῦ μοιχεύειν ἡδονῇ καὶ ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε φυλακὰς ἢ θανάτους πολλάκις δὲ πρὸ τούτων καὶ κινδύνους κατὰ τὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἔξοδον ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τῶν τὰ ἐκείνου φρονούντων· ὡς εἰ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν μοιχεύοντα οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν λαθεῖν καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους πάντας αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς, παρ᾿ οἷς τις ἐκ τοῦ μοιχεύειν χεύειν ἀδοξεῖ. κἂν ἐμοίχευσε διὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ὁ Ἐπικούρειος. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης ποτὲ παρὸν μοιχεύειν οὐ μοιχεύει, εὑρεθείη ἂν ἐνίοτε διὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα ἐκ τοῦ νόμου φόβον καὶ τὰς κολάσεις (οὐ) μοιχεύων. καὶ οὐ διὰ τὸ θηρᾶσθαι πλείονας ἡδονὰς ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀπέχοιτ᾿ ἂν τοῦ μοιχεύειν. ὁρᾷς οὖν ὅτι τὸ ἓν εἶναι νομιζόμενον ἔργον. ἡ τῆς μοιχείας ἀποχὴ, παρὰ τὰς προθέσεις τῶν ἀπεχομένων οὐ ταὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διάφορον γίνεται· ἢ γὰρ ἀπὸ ὑγιῶν δογμάτων ἢ ἀπὸ μοχθηρῶν καὶ ἀσεβεστάτων τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἐπικουρείῳ ἢ τῷ τοιῷδε ἰδιώτῃ.

7.64 Chapter LXIV

As, then, this act of self-restraint, which in appearance is one and the same, is found in fact to be different in different persons, according to the principles and motives which lead to it; so in the same way with those who cannot allow in the worship of the Divine Being altars, or temples, or images. The Scythians, the Nomadic Libyans, the godless Seres, and the Persians, agree in this with the Christians and Jews, but they are actuated by very different principles. For none of these former abhor altars and images on the ground that they are afraid of degrading the worship of God, and reducing it to the worship of material things wrought by the hands of men. Neither do they object to them from a belief that the demons choose certain forms and places, whether because they are detained there by virtue of certain charms, or because for some other possible reason they have selected these haunts, where they may pursue their criminal pleasures, in partaking of the smoke of sacrificial victims. But Christians and Jews have regard to this command, “Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and serve Him alone;” and this other, “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me: thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them;” and again, “Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” It is in consideration of these and many other such commands, that they not only avoid temples, altars, and images, but are ready to suffer death when it is necessary, rather than debase by any such impiety the conception which they have of the Most High God.

Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ἓν τοῦτο πρᾶγμα, ἡ τῆς μοιχείας ἀποχὴ, ἓν εἶναι δοκοῦσα πολλὰ ἁλίσκεται τυγχάνουσα παρὰ τὰ διάφορα δόγματα καὶ τὰς προθέσεις, οὕτως καὶ τῶν μὴ ἀνεχομένων παρὰ βωμοῖς καὶ ναοῖς καὶ ἀγάλμασι σέβειν τὸ θεῖον Σκύθαι μὲν ἢ Λιβύων οἱ Νομάδες ἢ Σῆρες οἱ ἄθεοι ἢ Πέρσαι ἀπὸ δογμάτων τοῦτο πράττουσιν ἄλλων, ἢ ὧν Χριστιανοὶ καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι οὐκ ἀνέχονται τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπολαμβανομένης εἰς τὸ θεῖον θεραπείας· οὐδεὶς ἐκείνων διὰ τὸ ἐκκλίνειν καὶ κατασπᾶν καὶ κατάγειν τὴν περὶ τὸ θεῖον θρησκείαν ἐπὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ὕλην οὑτωσὶ ἐσχηματισμένην οὐκ ἀνέχεται βωμῶν καὶ ἀγαλμάτων οὐδὲ διὰ τὸ διειληφέναι περὶ δαιμόνων ὅτι τοιοῖσδε παρακαθέζονται σχήμασι καὶ χωρίοις, ἤτοι ὑπό τινων μαγγανειῶν κατακλιθέντες ἢ καὶ ἄλλως δυνηθέντες προκαταλαβεῖν ἑαυτοῖς τόπους, ἐν οἷς τῆς τῶν θυομένων ἀποφορᾶς λίχνως μεταλαμβάνοντες παράνομον ἡδονὴν καὶ παρανόμους θηράσονται· Χριστιανοὶ δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι διὰ τὸ „κύριον τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις“ (καὶ) διὰ τὸ „οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ“ καὶ „οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα, ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ (ἄνω) καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῷ ὕδατι ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς· οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσεις αὐτοῖς“ καὶ διὰ τὸ „κύριον τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις“ καὶ ἄλλα πλείονα τούτοις παραπλήσια οὐ μόνον ἐκτρέπονται νεὼς καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀποθνῄσκειν, ὅτε δεῖ, ἑτοίμως ἔρχονται ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ μολῦναι τὴν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ὑπόληψιν διά τινος τοιούτου παρανομήματος.

7.65 Chapter LXV

In regard to the Persians, we have already said that though they do not build temples, yet they worship the sun and the other works of God. This is forbidden to us, for we have been taught not to worship the creature instead of the Creator, but to know that “the creation shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the glory of the children of God;” and “the earnest expectation of the creation is waiting for the revelation of the sons of God;” and “the creation was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him who made it subject, in hope.” We believe, therefore, that things “under the bondage of corruption,” and “subject to vanity,” which remain in this condition “in hope” of a better state, ought not in our worship to hold the place of God, the all-sufficient, and of His Son, the First-born of all creation. Let this suffice, in addition to what we have already said of the Persians, who abhor altars and images, but who serve the creature instead of the Creator. As to the passage quoted by Celsus from Heraclitus, the purport of which he represents as being, “that it is childish folly for one to offer prayers to images, whilst he knows not who the gods and heroes are,” we may reply that it is easy to know that God and the Only-begotten Son of God, and those whom God has honoured with the title of God, and who partake of His divine nature, are very different from all the gods of the nations which are demons; but it is not possible at the same time to know God and to address prayers to images.

Εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω περὶ Περσῶν πρὸς τὸ νεὼς μὲν αὐτοὺς μὴ ἱδρύεσθαι σέβειν δὲ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δημιουργήματα· ὅπερ ἡμῖν ἀπαγορεύεται. διδασκομένοις μὴ λατρεύειν „τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα“ ἀλλ᾿ εἰδέναι μὲν ὅτι „ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ“ καὶ ὅτι „ἡ ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται“ καὶ ὅτι „τῇ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι.“ καὶ μὴ μὴν καὶ δεῖν τὰ ἐπὶ· τῇ δουλείᾳ „τῆς φθορᾶς“ καὶ ἐπὶ „τῇ ματαιότητι“ ὑποτεταγμένα καὶ „ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι“ κρείττονι ταῦτα πράττοντα ἐν χώρᾳ τιμᾶν θεοῦ τοῦ ἀνενδεοῦς ἢ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ πρωτοτόκου „πάσης κτίσεως.“ ἀρκεῖ τοίνυν πρὸς ἐκείνοις καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ Περσῶν ἔθνους. βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα ἐκτρεπομένων λατρευόντων δὲ „τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα.“

ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἡρακλείτου παρέθετο λέξιν, ὑποδιηγησάμενος αὐτὴν ὑποσημαίνουσαν ἠλίθιον εἶναι τὸ „τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν“ εὔχεσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ γινώσκῃ τις „θεοὺς καὶ ἥρωας, οἵτινές εἰσι,“ λεκτέον ὅτι γινώσκειν μὲν ἔστι θεὸν καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς τετιμημένους ὑπὸ θεοῦ τῇ θεὸς προσηγορίᾳ καὶ μετέχοντας τῆς θεότητος αὐτοῦ, ἑτέρους ὄντας παρὰ πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς „τῶν ἐθνῶν,“ „οἵτινές εἰσι“ „δαιμόνια“· οὐ μὴν δυνατόν ἐστι καὶ γινώσκειν τὸν θεὸν καὶ „τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν“ εὔχεσθαι.

7.66 Chapter LXVI

And the charge of folly applies not only to those who offer prayers to images, but also to such as pretend to do so in compliance with the example of the multitude: and to this class belong the Peripatetic philosophers and the followers of Epicurus and Democritus. For there is no falsehood or pretence in the soul which is possessed with true piety towards God. Another reason also why we abstain from doing honour to images, is that we may give no support to the notion that the images are gods. It is on this ground that we condemn Celsus, and all others who, while admitting that they are not gods, yet, with the reputation of being wise men, render to them what passes for homage. In this way they lead into sin the multitude who follow their example, and who worship these images not simply out of deference to custom, but from a belief into which they have fallen that they are true gods, and that those are not to be listened to who hold that the objects of their worship are not true gods. Celsus, indeed, says that “they do not take them for gods, but only as offerings dedicated to the gods.” But he does not prove that they are not rather dedicated to men than, as he says, to the honour of the gods themselves; for it is clear that they are the offerings of men who were in error in their views of the Divine Being. Moreover, we do not imagine that these images are representations of God, for they cannot represent a being who is invisible and incorporeal. But as Celsus supposes that we fall into a contradiction, whilst on the one hand we say that God has not a human form, and on the other we profess to believe that God made man the image of Himself, and created man the image of God; our answer is the same as has been given already, that we hold the resemblance to God to be preserved in the reasonable soul, which is formed to virtue, although Celsus, who does not see the difference between “being the image of God,” and “being created after the image of God,” pretends that we said, “God made man His own image, and gave him a form like to His own.” But this also has been examined before.

Καὶ οὐ μόνον τὸ εὔχεσθαι „τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν“ ἠλίθιόν ἐστιν ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ συμπεριφερόμενον τοῖς πολλοῖς προσποιεῖσθαι „τοῖς ἀγάλμασιν“ εὔχεσθαι, ὁποῖον ποιοῦσιν οἱ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ Περιπάτου φιλοσοφοῦντες καὶ οἱ τὰ Ἐπικούρου ἢ Δημοκρίτου ἀσπαζόμενοι· οὐδὲν γὰρ νόθον χρὴ ἐνυπάρχειν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ ἀληθῶς εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβοῦς. οὐ τιμῶμεν δὲ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν καταπίπτειν εἰς ὑπόληψιν τὴν περὶ τοῦ εἶναι τὰ ἀγάλματα θεοὺς ἑτέρους. διὸ καὶ ἐγκαλοῦμεν Κέλσῳ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὁμολογοῦσι μὴ εἶναι ταῦτα θεοὺς ὅτι τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι σοφῶν καὶ ἡ φαινομένη περὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα τιμή· ᾗ καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντες οἱ πολλοὶ οὐ μόνον κατὰ συμπεριφορὰν σέβειν αὐτὰ νομίζοντες ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ καταπίπτοντες τῇ ψυχῇ ἐπὶ τὸ νομίζειν ταῦτα εἶναι θεοὺς καὶ μηδ᾿ ἀνεχόμενοι ἀκούειν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶ ταῦτα θεοὶ τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν προσκυνούμενα.

Κέλσος μὲν οὖν φησιν αὐτὰ μὴ ἡγεῖσθαι θεοὺς ἀλλὰ θεῶν ἀναθήματα, μὴ ἀποδεικνὺς. πῶς οὐκ ἀνθρώπων εἰσὶ ταῦτα ἀναθήματα ἀλλ᾿, ὡς ὠνόμασεν, αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν. σαφὲς γὰρ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων πεπλανημένων περὶ τὸ θεῖον ταῦτα ἀναθήματα. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ θείας εἰκόνας ὑπολαμβάνομεν εἶναι τὰ ἀγάλματα, ἅτε μορφὴν ἀοράτου καὶ ἀσωμάτου μὴ διαγράφοντες θεοῦ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑπολαμβάνει ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος τοῖς ἐναντίοις περιπίπτειν, ὅτε φαμὲν μὴ εἶναι ἀνθρωπόμορφον τὸ θεῖον καὶ ὅτε πιστεύομεν ὅτι „ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ ἰδίαν „εἰκόνα“ καὶ ἐν εἰκόνι θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν· λεκτέον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται, ὅτι τὸ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα θεοῦ“ ἐν ψυχῇ λογικῇ, τῇ ποιᾷ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν, σῴζεσθαί φαμεν. καὶ ἔνθα μέντοι ὁ Κέλσος, μὴ ἰδὼν διαφορὰν εἰκόνος θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα θεοῦ,“ φησὶν ἡμᾶς λέγειν ὅτι „ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ ἰδίαν „εἰκόνα“ καὶ εἶδος ὅμοιον ἑαυτῷ· εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα.

7.67 Chapter LXVII

His next remark upon the Christians is: “They will admit that these images, whether they are like or not, are made and dedicated to the honour of certain beings; but they will hold that the beings to whom they are dedicated are not gods, but demons, and that a worshipper of God ought not to worship demons.” If he had been acquainted with the nature of demons, and with their several operations, whether led on to them by the conjurations of those who are skilled in the art, or urged on by their own inclination to act according to their power and inclination; if, I say, he had thoroughly understood this subject, which is both wide in extent and difficult for human comprehension, he would not have condemned us for saying that those who worship the Supreme Being should not serve demons. For ourselves, so far are we from wishing to serve demons, that by the use of prayers and other means which we learn from Scripture, we drive them out of the souls of men, out of places where they have established themselves, and even sometimes from the bodies of animals; for even these creatures often suffer from injuries inflicted upon them by demons.

Εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς φησι περὶ Χριστιανῶν ὅτι συνθήσονται μὲν εἶναι ταῦτ᾿ ἐπὶ τιμῇ τινων, ἢ ὁμοίων ἢ ἀνομοίων τὸ εἶδος, οὔτε δὲ θεοὺς εἶναι, οἷς ταῦτ᾿ ἀνάκειται, ἀλλὰ δαίμονας, οὔτε χρῆναι θεραπεύειν δαίμονας ὅστις σέβει θεόν. καὶ εἰ ἠπίστατό γε τὸν περὶ δαιμόνων λόγον καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἐνεργεῖ. εἴτε καλούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα δεινῶν εἴτε καὶ ἑκουσίως ἐπιδιδοὺς ἑαυτὸν ᾗ βούλεται καὶ δύναται ἐνεργείᾳ, καὶ διειλήφει τὸν περὶ δαιμόνων λόγον, πολὺν ὄντα καὶ δύσληπτον τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, οὐκ ἂν ἐνεκάλεσεν ἡμῖν, φάσκουσιν ὅτι οὐ χρὴ θεραπεύειν δαίμονας ὅστις σέβει τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεόν. καὶ τοσοῦτόν γε ἀποδέομεν τοῦ θεραπεύειν δαίμονας, ὥστε καὶ ἀπελαύνειν αὐτοὺς εὐχαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων μαθήμασιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τόπων. ἐν οἷς αὑτοὺς ἱδρύκασιν, ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων. πολλάκις γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ λύμῃ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐνεργοῦσί τινα οἱ δαίμονες.

7.68 Chapter LXVIII

After all that we have already said concerning Jesus, it would be a useless repetition for us to answer these words of Celsus: “It is easy to convict them of worshipping not a god, not even demons, but a dead person.” Leaving, then, this objection for the reason assigned, let us pass on to what follows: “In the first place, I would ask why we are not to serve demons? Is it not true that all things are ordered according to God’s will, and that His providence governs all things? Is not everything which happens in the universe, whether it be the work of God, of angels, of other demons, or of heroes, regulated by the law of the Most High God? Have these not had assigned them various departments of which they were severally deemed worthy? Is it not just, therefore, that he who worships God should serve those also to whom God has assigned such power? Yet it is impossible, he says, for a man to serve many masters.” Observe here again how he settles at once a number of questions which require considerable research, and a profound acquaintance with what is most mysterious in the government of the universe. For we must inquire into the meaning of the statement, that “all things are ordered according to God’s will,” and ascertain whether sins are or are not included among the things which God orders. For if God’s government extends to sins not only in men, but also in demons and in any other spiritual beings who are capable of sin, it is for those who speak in this manner to see how inconvenient is the expression that “all things are ordered by the will of God.” For it follows from it that all sins and all their consequences are ordered by the will of God, which is a different thing from saying that they come to pass with God’s permission. For if we take the word “ordered” in its proper signification, and say that “all the results of sin were ordered,” then it is evident that all things are ordered according to God’s will, and that all, therefore, who do evil do not offend against His government. And the same distinction holds in regard to “providence.” When we say that “the providence of God regulates all things,” we utter a great truth if we attribute to that providence nothing but what is just and right. But if we ascribe to the providence of God all things whatsoever, however unjust they may be, then it is no longer true that the providence of God regulates all things, unless we refer directly to God’s providence things which flow as results from His arrangements. Celsus maintains also, that “whatever happens in the universe, whether it be the work of God, of angels, of other demons, or of heroes, is regulated by the law of the Most High God.” But this also is incorrect; for we cannot say that transgressors follow the law of God when they transgress; and Scripture declares that it is not only wicked men who are transgressors, but also wicked demons and wicked angels.

Διὰ δὲ τὰ ἀνωτέρω πολλὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῖν εἰρημένα οὐ χρὴ νῦν παλιλλογεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὅτι μὲν οὖν αὐτοὶ διελέγχονται σαφῶς οὐ θεὸν ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ δαίμονα, ἀλλὰ νεκρὸν σέβοντες. τοῦτο μὲν αὐτίκα διὰ τοῦτο παραλιπόντες ἴδωμεν τὰς ἑξῆς τοῦ Κέλσου λέξεις, ἐν αἷς φησι· πρότερον δὲ ἐρήσομαι. διὰ τί δαίμονας οὐ θεραπευτέον; οὐ πάντα μέντοι κατὰ γνώμην διοικεῖται τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πᾶσα ἐξ ἐκείνου πρόνοια; καὶ ὅ τι περ ἂν (ᾖ) ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις, εἴτε θεοῦ ἔργον εἴτ᾿ ἀγγέλων εἴτ᾿ ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἴτε ἡρώων, πάντα ταῦτα ἔχει νόμον ἐκ τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ, τέτακται δὲ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ δύναμιν λαχὼν ὅστις ἠξίωται; τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ἐκεῖθεν ἐξουσίας τετυχηκότα οὐ θεραπεύσει δικαίως ὁ σέβων τὸν θεόν; οὔτε γὰρ οἷόν τε, φησὶ, „δουλεύειν“ τὸν αὐτὸν πλείοσι „κυρίοις.“

ὅρα δὴ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὅσα συναρπάζει, δεόμενα οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτου ἐξετάσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιστήμης βαθυτέρων καὶ ἀποῤῥητοτέρων περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων διοικήσεως. τὸ γὰρ πάντα κατὰ γνώμην διοικεῖσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ πῶς λέγεται, ἐξεταστέον, καὶ πότερον τὸ διοικεῖσθαι φθάνει καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἁμαρτανόμενα ἢ μή. εἰ μὲν γὰρ φθάνει τὸ διοικεῖσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἁμαρτανόμενα οὐ μόνον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ καὶ δαίμοσι καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῶν ἔξω σωμάτων πέφυκεν ἁμαρτάνειν, ὁράτω τὴν ἀτοπίαν ὁ τοῦτο λέγων τοῦ πάντα κατὰ γνώμην διοικεῖσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ· ἀκολουθεῖ γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτανόμενα καὶ πάντα τὰ ἀπὸ κακίας κατὰ γνώμην διοικεῖσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπερ οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ οὐ κωλύοντος τοῦ θεοῦ γίνεται· εἰ δὲ καὶ κυρίως τις ἀκούοι τοῦ διοικεῖσθαι, διοικεῖσθαι μὲν λέγει τὰ ἀπὸ κακίας διοικούμενα (δηλονότι πάντα κατὰ γνώμην διοικεῖται τοῦ θεοῦ), καὶ οὐ παρανομεῖ εἰς τὴν διοίκησιν τοῦ θεοῦ πᾶς ἁμαρτάνων.

τὸ δ᾿ ὅμοιον καὶ περὶ προνοίας διασταλτέον καὶ λεκτέον ὅτι τὸ πᾶσα ἐξ ἐκείνου πρόνοια σημαίνει μέν τι ἀληθὲς, ὅτε ἡ πρόνοια σπουδαῖόν ἐστιν· εἰ δ᾿ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντα τὰ γινόμενα (κατὰ) πρόνοιαν εἶναι φήσομεν, κἂν κακῶς τι γίνηται, ψεῦδος ἔσται τὸ πᾶσα ἐξ ἐκείνου πρόνοια· εἰ μὴ ἄρα καὶ τὰ κατ᾿ ἐπακολούθησιν τῶν ἐκ προνοίας θεοῦ λέγοι τις εἶναι ἐκ προνοίας θεοῦ.

ἀποφαίνεται δὲ καὶ ὅ τι περ ἂν ᾖ ἐν τοῖς ολοις, εἴτε θεοῦ ἔργον εἴτ᾿ ἀγγέλων εἴτε ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἴτε ἡρώων, πάντα ταῦτα ἔχει νόμον ἐκ τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ γε λόγον ἀποφαίνεται. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ παρανομοῦντα ἑπόμενα νόμῳ τῷ ἀπὸ μεγίστου θεοῦ παρανομεῖ. παρανομεῖν δὲ ὁ λόγος δείκνυσιν οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπους φαύλους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς φαύλους δαίμονας καὶ τοὺς φαύλους ἀγγέλους.

7.69 Chapter LXIX

And it is not we alone who speak of wicked demons, but almost all who acknowledge the existence of demons. Thus, then, it is not true that all observe the law of the Most High; for all who fall away from the divine law, whether through heedlessness, or through depravity and vice, or through ignorance of what is right, all such do not keep the law of God, but, to use a new phrase which we find in Scripture, “the law of sin.” I say, then, that in the opinion of most of those who believe in the existence of demons, some of them are wicked; and these, instead of keeping the law of God, offend against it. But, according to our belief, it is true of all demons, that they were not demons originally, but they became so in departing from the true way; so that the name “demons” is given to those beings who have fallen away from God. Accordingly, those who worship God must not serve demons. We may also learn the true nature of demons if we consider the practice of those who call upon them by charms to prevent certain things, or for many other purposes. For this is the method they adopt, in order by means of incantations and magical arts to invoke the demons, and induce them to further their wishes. Wherefore, the worship of all demons would be inconsistent in us who worship the Supreme God; and the service of demons is the service of so-called gods, for “all the gods of the heathen are demons.” The same thing also appears from the fact that the dedication of the most famous of the so-called sacred places, whether temples or statues, was accompanied by curious magical incantations, which were performed by those who zealously served the demons with magical arts. Hence we are determined to avoid the worship of demons even as we would avoid death; and we hold that the worship, which is supposed among the Greeks to be rendered to gods at the altars, and images, and temples, is in reality offered to demons.

Φαύλους δὲ δαίμονας οὐ μόνοι λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ σχεδὸν πάντες. ὅσοι δαίμονας τιθέασιν εἶναι. οὐ πάντα οὖν ἔχει νόμον ἐκ τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ. ὅσα γὰρ παρ᾿ ἰδίαν ἀπροσεξίαν, κακίαν ἢ πονηρίαν ἢ ἄγνοιαν τῶν καλῶν, ἀποπέπτωκε τοῦ θείου νόμου, οὐκ ἔχει τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλ᾿, ἵνα ὀνομάσω καινῷ ὀνόματι καὶ τῷ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν, τὸν νόμον ἔχει „τῆς ἁμαρτίας.“ κατὰ μὲν οὖν τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν τιθέντων εἶναι δαίμονας καὶ οἱ φαῦλοι δαίμονες οὐκ ἔχουσι τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον ἀλλὰ παρανομοῦσι· κατὰ δὲ ἡμᾶς πάντες δαίμονες ἀποπεσόντες τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁδοῦ, πρότερον οὐκ ὄντες δαίμονες· καὶ ἔστιν εἶδος τῶν ἐκπεσόντων θεοῦ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων. διόπερ οὐ χρὴ θεραπεύειν δαίμονας ὅστις σέβει θεόν.

δηλοῦται δὲ τὰ περὶ τοὺς δαίμονας καὶ ἐκ τῶν καλούντων δαίμονας ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνομαζομένοις φίλτροις ἢ μισήθροις ἢ ἐπὶ κωλύσεσι πράξεων ἢ ἄλλων τοιούτων μυρίων· ἅπερ ποιοῦσιν οἱ δι᾿ ἐπῳδῶν καὶ μαγγανειῶν μεμαθηκότες καλεῖν καὶ ἐπάγεσθαι δαίμονας ἐφ᾿ ἃ βούλονται. διόπερ ἡ πάντων δαιμόνων θεραπεία ἀλλοτρία ἡμῶν ἐστι, τῶν σεβόντων τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεόν. καὶ θεραπεία δαιμόνων ἐστὶν ἡ θεραπεία τῶν νομιζομένων θεῶν· „πάντες“ γὰρ „οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια.“ δῆλον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τὰ δοκοῦντα ἐνεργέστερα τῶν νομιζομένων ἱερῶν κατακλίσεις περιέργους γεγονέναι καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἱδρύσεως τῶν τοιῶνδε ξοάνων καὶ νεῶν, ἅστινας κατακλίσεις οἱ τῇ τῶν δαιμόνων διὰ μαγγανειῶν θεραπείᾳ σχολάζοντες πεποίηνται. διὸ δέδοκται ἡμῖν φεύγειν ὡς ὄλεθρον τὴν τῶν δαιμόνων θεραπείαν· δαιμόνων δὲ θεραπείαν εἶναί φαμεν πᾶσαν τὴν νομιζομένην παρ᾿ Ἕλλησι παρὰ βωμοῖς καὶ ἀγάλμασι καὶ ναοῖς θεῶν θρησκείαν.

7.70 Chapter LXX

His next remark was, “Have not these inferior powers had assigned to them by God different departments, according as each was deemed worthy?” But this is a question which requires a very profound knowledge. For we must determine whether the Word of God, who governs all things, has appointed wicked demons for certain employments, in the same way as in states executioners are appointed, and other officers with cruel but needful duties to discharge; or whether as among robbers, who infest desert places, it is customary for them to choose out of their number one who may be their leader,—so the demons, who are scattered as it were in troops in different parts of the earth, have chosen for themselves a chief under whose command they may plunder and pillage the souls of men. To explain this fully, and to justify the conduct of the Christians in refusing homage to any object except the Most High God, and the First-born of all creation, who is His Word and God, we must quote this from Scripture, “All that ever came before Me are thieves and robbers: but the sheep did not hear them;” and again, “The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy;” and other similar passages, as, “Behold, I have given you authority to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy: and nothing shall by any means hurt you;” and again, “Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet.” But of these things Celsus knew nothing, or he would not have made use of language like this: “Is not everything which happens in the universe, whether it be the work of God, of angels, of other demons, or of heroes, regulated by the law of the Most High God? Have these not had assigned to them various departments of which they were severally deemed worthy? Is it not just, therefore, that he who serves God should serve those also to whom God has assigned such power?” To which he adds, “It is impossible, they say, for a man to serve many masters.” This last point we must postpone to the next book; for this, which is the seventh book which we have written in answer to the treatise of Celsus, is already of sufficient length.

Δεῖται δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ τέτακται δὲ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ δύναμιν λαχὼν τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ ὅστις ἠξίωται οὑτινοσοῦν ἔργου πάνυ βαθυτέρας ἐπιστήμης καὶ δυναμένης παραστῆσαι. πότερόν ποτε ὡς οἱ δήμιοι ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ οἱ τεταγμένοι ἐπὶ τῶν σκυθρωπῶν μὲν ἀναγκαίων δὲ ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις πραγμάτων οὕτως εἰσὶ τεταγμένοι μοχθηροὶ δαίμονες ἐπί τινων ὑπὸ τοῦ διοικοῦντος τὰ ὅλα λόγου θεοῦ, ἢ ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις λῃστεύοντες καὶ ἕνα τινὰ προστησάμενοι ἄρχειν αὐτῶν οὕτως οἱ δαίμονες οἱονεὶ κατὰ τόπους τῆς γῆς συστήματα γενόμενοι ἄρχοντά τινα ἑαυτοῖς πεποιήκασι, τὸν ἡγησόμενον αὐτῶν εἰς τὰς πράξεις, ἃς εἵλαντο ὑπὲρ τοῦ κλέπτειν καὶ λῃστεύειν ἀνθρώπων ψυχάς.

χρεία δὲ τῷ μέλλοντι εἰς ταῦτα λέγειν καλῶς. ἵνα περὶ Χριστιανῶν ἀπολογήσηται, ἐκτρεπομένων ἄλλο τι σέβειν παρὰ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν καὶ τὸν πρωτότοκον „πάσης κτίσεως“ λόγον αὐτοῦ. διηγήσασθαι καὶ τὸ „πάντες, ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ. κλέπται εἰσὶ καὶ λῃσταὶ. καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσεν αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα“ καὶ τὸ „ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ ἔρχεται. εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ καὶ θύσῃ καὶ ἀπολέσῃ,“ καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τούτοις εἴρηται παραπλήσιον ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ „ἰδοὺ δέδωκα ὑμῖν ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ“ καὶ τὸ „ἐπ᾿ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ καὶ καταπατήσεις λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα.“

ἀλλ᾿ οὐδαμῶς ᾔδει ταῦτα ὁ Κέλσος· εἰ γὰρ ᾔδει, οὐκ ἂν εἶπε· καὶ ὅ τι περ ἂν ᾖ ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις. εἴτε θεοῦ ἔργον εἴτ᾿ ἀγγέων εἴτ᾿ ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἴτε ἡρώων, ταῦτ᾿ ἔχει νόμον ἐκ τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ, τέτακται δὲ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ δύναμιν λαχὼν ὅστις ἠξίωται; τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ἐκεῖθεν ἐξουσίας τετυχηκότα οὐ θεραπεύσει δικαίως ὁ σέβων τὸν θεόν; τούτοις δ᾿ ἐπιφέρει τὸ οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε „δουλεύειν“ τὸν αὐτὸν πλείοσι „κυρίοις“· περὶ οὗ ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς βιβλίῳ διαληψόμεθα. ἅτε αὐτάρκη περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος τοῦ ἑβδόμου τόμου, πρὸς τὸ σύγγραμμα Κέλσου ἡμῖν γεγραμμένου.

Alexander Roberts, James Donaldson, A. Cleveland Coxe (eds.), Buffalo: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1885-1896. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Ante-Nicene Fathers). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Save for later

Enter your email and we will send you a sign-in link. No password. What you save (articles, verses, chapters, documents) follows you to any device.